حضرت عبد البهاء در نیویورک

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬

Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind1 1 17.05.2014 16:08:37 Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind2 2 17.05.2014 16:08:37 ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬

‫ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﻋﻬﺪﻳﻪ ـ ﻫﻴﻼﺭﻱ ﭼﭙﻤﻦ‬

‫ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﻪ| ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind3 3‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:37‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﻋﻬﺪﻳﻪ ـ ﻫﻴﻼﺭﻱ ﭼﭙﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺷﺮ‪ :‬ﻣﺆ ّﺳﺴ |ﻪ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻟﺠﻨ |ﻪ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ‬ ‫‪ ۱۷۱‬ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ـ ‪ ۲۰۱۴‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ ـ ﻫﻮﻓﻬﺎﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‪.................. :‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ‪.................... :‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind4 4‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:37‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ‬

‫»ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪،‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺖ؛‬ ‫ﻧَﻌﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺭﻗﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺪ ‪،‬ﻡ ﺍﮐﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺝ َﻭ ّﻫﺎﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﻦ ‪ ...‬ﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻪ ﻟﻘﺒﻲ؛ ﻧﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﻪ ﻧَﻌﺘﻲ ﺟﺰ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻱ ﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﻣﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺑﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋ ّﺰﺕ ﺳﺮﻣﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ‪«.‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind5 5‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:37‬‬ Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind6 6 17.05.2014 16:08:37 ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬

‫‪۹‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪّﻣﻪ‬ ‫‪۱۳‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ )‪(Ansonia Hotel‬‬ ‫‪۲۱‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ‬ ‫‪۳۹‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ‬ ‫)‪(Church of the Ascension‬‬ ‫‪۵۳‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ )‪ (The Bowery Station‬ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬ ‫‪۸۴‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬ ‫)‪(Lake Mohonk‬‬ ‫‪۱۰۸‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ‪ :‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮ‬ ‫‪۱۲۶‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‪» :‬ﻣﻨﻢ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ«‬ ‫‪۱۴۳‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺿﻴﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ )‪(New Jersy‬‬ ‫‪۱۶۰‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧ ‪،‬ﺮ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬ ‫‪۱۸۱‬‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺘﻲ‬ ‫‪۱۸۹‬‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬ ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻭ ّ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind7 7‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:37‬‬ Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind8 8 17.05.2014 16:08:37 ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺭﺥ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪۱۹۱۲‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻫ ّﻤﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻋﻄﻮﻓﺖ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻀﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻮﻉ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕﻫﺎ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺧﻔﺘ |ﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻫﻮﺷﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺍﷲ ﻭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎﺀ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ّ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺪﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭﺷﺎﻥ ـ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ـ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻠﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺮ |ﻩ ﺧﺎﮐﻲ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻡ‪ ,،‬ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻫﻠﻴ |ﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻏﺮﻕ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪,،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮒ ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺎ ِﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﺧﺴﺎﺭ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩﺍﺵ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﮐﻠﻤ |ﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﻀﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻮﻉ‪ ,‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮋﺍﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ؛ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind9 9‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:38‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‪:‬‬ ‫‪۱‬ـ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻋﻤﻴﻖﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪۲‬ـ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‪ ,‬ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪۳‬ـ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻴ |ﻪ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻳﻘﺸﺎﻥ‪ ,،‬ﺗﻼﺵﻫﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺰﺍﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻟﻔﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﻳّﺎﻡ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﮎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺼﻴّﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻲﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﺶ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻃﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖﺗ ‪،‬ﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺘﻲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺠﻠﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺮﻥﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﻠّﻲ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﻭﺯﻣﺮ ‪،‬ﻩ ﭘﻴﺶ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻤﮏ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﻴ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻃﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻋﻬﺪﻳﻪ‪ ,‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺍﻳﺮﺝ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ‪ ,،‬ﺁﻧﻴﺘﺎ ﭼﭙﻤﻦ‪ ,،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﻫﺮﻳﺲ‪ ,،‬ﺭﻭﺑﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﻨﻮﻭﻟﺪ‪ ,‬ﮐﺎﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﻮﻧﮕﻨﺴﻦ‪ ,‬ﺗﺎﺗﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺟﺮﺩﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻴﭻ‪ ,‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺍﻳﺮﺝ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻗﻲ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻒ ﭘﻴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﻳﺘﺮ‪ ,‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﺷﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻱ ﻣﺎﻳﮏ‪ ,‬ﺭﻟ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺴﻮﺭ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﻞ ﭘﻦ‪ ,‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻫﺒﺖ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻲ‪ ,‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﺕ ﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺴﻮﺭﮐﺮﻳﺴﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻠﻴﺤ |ﻪ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺠﻨ |ﻪ ﻣﻠّﻲ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺻﻤﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﭙﺎﺳﮕﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﻋﻬﺪﻳﻪ ـ ﻫﻴﻼﺭﻱ ﭼﭙﻤﻦ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind10 10‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:38‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﺮﺷ |ﻪ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ِﺳﺪﺭﻳﮏ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind11 11‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:38‬‬ Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind12 12 17.05.2014 16:08:38 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ‬

‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ‬

‫ﻋﮑ ‪،‬ﺎ ﺩﺭ ‪ ۲۹‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪۱۸۹۲‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺩﺳﺖﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻠﺴﻄﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﺐ ﮔﺬﺷﺘ ‪،‬ﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺴﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺭ ﻗﺼﺮ ﺑﻬﺠﻲ ـ ﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ـ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﮎ ﺳﭙﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧُﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺟﻤﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﮐﺜﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ُﻣﻬﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻡ ﻭﺻﻴﺖﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ـ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻬﺪﻱ ـ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫»ﻃﺮﴽ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺼﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ «.‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻏﺼﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻟﻘﺐ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺍﺭﺷﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻱ ﻭﺻﻴﺖﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎ‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﺶ ﺟﺎﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺗﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺒﻴّﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻠﺠﺄ ﺿﻌﻔﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﻭ ﻣﻠﻬﻮﻓﻴﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﻠّﻐﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind13 13‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:38‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٤‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻭ ﺍﮐﻨﺎﻑ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺍﻋﺰﺍﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۸‬ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺍﻓﺴﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﺮﮎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻓﻠﺴﻄﻴﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯ |ﻩ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻠّﮏ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻋﺰﻝ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﺩﮔﺮﮔﻮﻥ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻢ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻩ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﺴﻄﻴﻦ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬‫ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﺒﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﻧﻮﭘﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺗﻼﺵ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻦ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫»ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻣﺎﺀ ﺭﺣﻤ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺷﺘﺎﺑﺪ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﻻ ﻭﺍﷲ‪ ...‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﺀ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﺴﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮﺭﴽ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺁﺭﺍﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ‪ ....‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮ ِﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒّﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﺀ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻴﮕﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺗّﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ؟ ‪...‬ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺒﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺣﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻫﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻗﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺠﺬﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﻴﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪...‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ‬ ‫‪۱‬‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪«...‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۱۲‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﺮﻏﻢ ﮐﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﺳﻦ‪ ,‬ﺿﻌﻒ ﺟﺴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ |ﻪ ﭼﻬﻞ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﺣﺒﺲ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ‪ ,‬ﺳﺮﭘﺮﺳﺘﻲ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ‬

‫‪ ۱‬ﺁﻟﻦ ﺍِﻝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ‪، 36DAYS: ABDU’L-BAHA’S JOURNEY IN‬‬ ‫‪Allan L. Ward: 2‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪٥ (١٩٧٩‬ـ‪) ٤‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ(‬ ‫‪) ،AMERICA‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind14 14‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:38‬‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ‬

‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺳﻔﺮ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ‪ ۲۵‬ﻣﺎﺭﭺ ‪ ۱۹۱۲‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﺱ‪ .‬ﺍﺱ‪ِ .‬ﺳﺪﺭﻳﮏ )‪(S.S.CEDRIC‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺳﻲﺍﻡ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﺎﺭﭺ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﮕ |ﻪ ﺟﺒﻞ ﺍﻟ ّﻄﺎﺭﻕ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺁﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﺍﻃﻠﺲ ﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻃﻲ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﻫﻢ‬ ‫»ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻧﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺭﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺷﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻭ ﻓﺘﻮﺡ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ,‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻐﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻏﻠﺒﻪ ﻭ ﻋ ّﺰﺕ ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻣﺸ ّﻘﺖ ﻭ ﺫﻟّﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﻭ ﻋ ّﺰﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺯﺣﻤ ‪،‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ‬‫ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺟﻮﻳﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﺘّﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﮐﻼﻫﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﻣﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﺍﻃﻠﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻼﻃﻢ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺳﺪﺭﻳﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎّﺭ |ﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻣﻲﺭﻭ ‪،‬ﻡ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ‬

‫‪] ۲‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪[۲۰‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind15 15‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:38‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬

‫ﺑﺮ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﺼﺮ‪ ,‬ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭ‪ ,‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﮕﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪۳‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺩﻱ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ـ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀـ‬ ‫ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﻓﺮﺩﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺎ ﻗ ّﻮ |ﻩ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻋﺠﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻗ ّﻮﻩ ﻧﺒﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺭﺍ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻃﻲ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ؟ ﺧﺪﺍ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺑﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪,‬‬ ‫‪۴‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﭼﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ‪ ,‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﮐﺠﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﮐﺠﺎ‪«...‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺜ |ﻪ ﺳﺪﺭﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺭﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﺁﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻣ ‪،‬ﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﻟﻨﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﮐﺸﺘﻲ‪ ,‬ﻗﺎﻳﻖ ﻳﺪﮎ ﮐﺸﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺳﺪﺭﻳﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻳﻖ ﻳﺪﮎ ﮐﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﺮﻧﻄﻴﻨﻪ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺳﺪﺭﻳﮏ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺷ |ﻪ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺳﺪﺭﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﺍﻍ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻌﻒ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺻﺤﺒﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﺯﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ‬ ‫ﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪» :‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺟﺮﺍﻳﺪ ﺁﻳﻴﻨ |ﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ...‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺟﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺪ ّ‬ ‫‪۵‬‬ ‫ﺭﺩﺍﻱ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﻣ ّﺰﻳﻦ ‪«...‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺠﺴﻤ |ﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻳﺖ‬‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺠﺴﻤﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫‪] ۳‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪[۲۲‬‬ ‫‪] ٤‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪[۲۵‬‬ ‫ﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻦ ﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‪236DAYS: ABDU’L-BAHA’S JOURNEY IN :‬‬ ‫‪ ۵‬ﻭﻧﺪﻝ ﻓﻠﻴﭙ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ,،AMERICA‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪) ۱۳‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ(‪.‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind16 16‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:38‬‬ ‫‪١٧‬‬ ‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ‬

‫ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ «.‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺮﺑ |ﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫‪۶‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﻠّﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻮﻳﺎ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪۷‬‬ ‫• »ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬ ‫• »ﺣﺼﻮﻟﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄ |ﻪ ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬ ‫‪۸‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺮ ﺩﺭﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬ ‫• »ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺩﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﺑﺘﻼ ﻭ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﺏ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺯﺣﻤﺖ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘ ‪،‬ﻪ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺣﻈ |ﻪ ﺣﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺘﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫‪۹‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺭﺩ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬ ‫• »ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺗﺮﮎ ﺣﺮﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﺁﺳﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺮﻗﻲ ﻋﻘﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺯﺣﻤﺘﻲ ّ‬ ‫‪۱۰‬‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‪«...‬‬

‫‪ ۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧ ‪،‬ﺬ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .۱۴‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‪236‬‬ ‫‪ Days: Abdu’l-Baha’s Journey in America‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪After being for forty years a prisoner I can tell you that‬‬ ‫‪freedom is not a matter of place, it is a condition. Unless one accept dire‬‬ ‫‪vicissitudes he will not attain, When one is released from the prison of‬‬ ‫‪self, that is indeed a release.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪» :‬ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻓﺮﻉ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳّﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﺣﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺗﺤﻘﻴﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻤﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﺑﻬﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳّﺎﻡ ﺳﺠﻦ ﻏﺮﻕ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺒﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺒﺲ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩﮐﻨﺪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰﻣﺴﺠﻮﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﯽ ﺗﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺐ ﺧﻄﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺎﺩﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪) «.‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ(‪] .‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۰۶‬‬ ‫‪] ۷‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪[۲۷‬‬ ‫‪] ۸‬ﻫﻤﺂﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪[۲۷‬‬ ‫‪] ۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪[۲۷‬‬ ‫‪] ۱۰‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪[۲۷‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind17 17‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:38‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٨‬‬

‫ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﺱﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧ |ﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﮕﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﺯ ّ‬

‫ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺳﺪﺭﻳﮏ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻨﮕﺮ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﺠﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻼ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺷ |ﻪ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺑ ً‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣ |ﻪ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴ |ﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﻴﭙﻮ ‪،‬ﺭ‬ ‫ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻲ )‪ (Edward Kinney‬ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫»ﺻﻔﺎ« ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ ﻭﻓﺎ‪ ,،‬ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺳﮑﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻠﮑﺎﻥ ﺳﮑﻮﻱ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﮎ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍّﻣﺎ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ )‪ (Juliet Thompson‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺎﺭﺟﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺗﻮﻥ )‪ (Marjerie Morton‬ﻭ ﺭﻭﺩﺍ ﻧﻴﮑﻮﻟﺲ)‪ (Rhoda Nichols‬ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﮔﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻠﻲ )‪ (Lillies‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻬﻮﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻢ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻠ |ﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﻨﻮﻳﭻ‬ ‫)‪ (Greenwich‬ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺠ ّﻤﻊ ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻔﮑﺮﺍﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺳﺘﻨﻮﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺴﺎﻳ |ﻪ ﺧﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ )‪ (، Khalil Gibran‬ﺷﺎﻋﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind18 18‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:38‬‬ ‫‪١٩‬‬ ‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ‬

‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻏﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﺯ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﮐﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﴼ ﻣﺠﺬﻭﺏ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴّﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﮑﻠﻪ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﺗﮑﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﻘﻴ |ﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﻨﺪﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﺎﺭﺟﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﻓﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ )‪ (Mountfort Mills‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﮑﻠﻪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﻮﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﮑﻠﻪ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺒﺨﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻣﺤﺒﺘّﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind19 19‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:38‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ِﮐﻨﻲ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind20 20‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:39‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺍِﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﺩﺭﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻞ ﻫﻤﺪﻭﺭ |ﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺫﻭﻕ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﺵ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ |ﻩ ﺗﺤﺼﻴ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﻭﻭﺭﺍﮎ )‪ (Anton Devorak‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻼﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﻫﺒﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ُﮐ ‪،‬ﺮ ﻧﻮﺍﺯﻧﺪ |ﻩ ﺍﺭﮒ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴ ‪،‬ﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﺍ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺁﻭﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ ﮐﺮﻱ ﮐﻨﻲ )‪ (Carrie Kinney‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﻓّﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﭘﺰﺷﮑﻲ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺰﺷﮏ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﺛﺮﻭﺗﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻓّﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ،۱۸۹۳‬ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‪,‬ﮐﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺖ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﺮ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ )‪Howard‬‬ ‫‪ (McNutt‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ »ﺧﺒﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺵ« ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺒﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ ﮐﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺷﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻭﺝ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺩﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind21 21‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:39‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٢٢‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺐ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﮐﺮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪» :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ‪ «.‬ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ ﮐﺮﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ‬‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻔﺮﻫﺎ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﺳﺘﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺴﻠﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺑﺮﻭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑــﻪ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺭﻓﺘﻨــﺪ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑــﻪ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ‬ ‫ﺧــﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ِﻭﺳﺖ ﺍِﻧﺪ )‪ (West End Ave‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ۷۸۰‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪۱‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ‪ ۱۹۱۲‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻀﻠﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﮎ ﺍﺳﮑﻠﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﻫﻔﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﺩﻭﻱ )‪ (Broadway‬ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺘﻞ ﻫﻔﺪﻩ ﻃﺒﻘ ‪،‬ﻪ ﺁﭘﺎﺭﺗﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﻭ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺧﻮﺍﺑﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺣﻤﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻦ ﺍﺟﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ۲.‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺨﺼﴼ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﮐﻤﮏ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭽﮑﺲ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺵ )‪ (John Bosch‬ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﻟﻴﻔﺮﻧﻴﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺷﺐ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۸۷۹‬ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻃﻲ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺷﺮﺍﺏ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻧﻮﻣﺎ )‪ (Sonoma County‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﺑﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﺷﺐ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫‪۱‬ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ِﻫﺪ ‪ .،‬ﺍﻭ‪ .‬ﺯﻱ )‪، O. Z. Whitehead: SOME EARLY BAHAI’S OF THE WEST‬‬ ‫)ﺁﮐﺴﻔﻮﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﺭﻭﻧﺎﻟﺪ ‪ ٤٧ (١٩٩٥‬ـ ‪٤٤‬‬ ‫‪]۲‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪[۲۹‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind22 22‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:39‬‬ ‫‪٢٣‬‬ ‫ﺍ ّﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺖ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﺴﮑﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻓ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ »ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻱ« )‪Life and‬‬ ‫‪ (Teachings of Abbas Effendi‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻠﭙﺲ )‪(Myron Phelps‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺵ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺚ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﮐﻮﭘﺮ)‪ (Mrs. Cooper‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﮐﻠﻨﺪ )‪(Oakland‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﻣﻲﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒّﺘﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻟﮋ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﺎﺳﻮﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ‬ ‫ﮐﻮﭘﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﺴﮑﻮ‪ .‬ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺭﻧﺘﻮﻥ ﭼﻴﺲ‬ ‫)‪ (Thornton Chase‬ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻧﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﺴﮑﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻫﺘﻞ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻣﻲﻧﺸﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺎﻩ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺐ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﮐﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺗﻮﺭﻧﺘﻮﻥ ﭼﻴﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻫﺘﻠﺶ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺘﻞ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﻴﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺭﻧﺘﻮﻥ ﭼﻴﺲ ﺟﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻫﺘﻞ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺘﺶ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ؟ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪۳‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺳﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺷﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺵ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘ ‪،‬ﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻴﺮﻏﻢ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺳﺎﮐﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﮑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﻥ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﺎﻣ ً‬

‫ﻞ ‪) ،DAWN OVER MOUNT HIRA AND OTHER ESSAYS‬ﺁﮐﺴﻔﻮﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ‬ ‫‪ ۳‬ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﮔﻴ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﺭﻭﻧﺎﻟﺪ ‪٢٠٣-٢٠٤ (١٩٧٦‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind23 23‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:39‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٢٤‬‬ ‫‪۴‬‬ ‫ﺁﻗﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺎﺵ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﮐﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻬﺮ |ﻩ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﭙﺴﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺭﺟﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺗﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﭘﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻃﺎﻕﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ـ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ـ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺳﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫‪۵‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺮ |ﻩ ﺗﮏ ﺗﮏ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺧﻮﺷﻮﻗﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺁﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﺍﺳﮑﻠ |ﻪ ﺁﻥ ‪,،‬‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺁﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﮑﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﴼ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻋﺠﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻡ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪،‬ﻩ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺮﻗﻲ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴّﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻬ ‪،‬ﺮ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻳﺤ |ﻪ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﺯﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﺩﻋﺎ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ‬ ‫‪۶‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠّﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺕ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﻋﺎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬ ‫‪۷‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻠﺒﻲ ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ )‪(Howard Colby Ives‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻗﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﻭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫‪ ۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ‪٢٠٨ ،‬‬ ‫‪ ۵‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪۴‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ۶‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪) ٣ (١٩٨٢‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ(‬ ‫‪] ۷‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪[۲۹‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind24 24‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:39‬‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫ﺍ ّﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺖ ﮐﺎﻧﮑﺘﻴﮑﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ ﮐﺸﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺎﺳﺎﭼﻮﺳ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﻣ ّﻮﺣﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠّﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ )ﺍﺧ ّﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﻱ( ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻔﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻟﮋ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﺎﺳﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺤﻠّﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻭﺳﻴﻊﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻨﺎﺀ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﮐﻼﺭﻧﺲ ﻣﻮﺭ )‪ (Clarence Moore‬ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴّﺘﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻬﻀﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴّﺖ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﻪﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ‬ ‫ﺷﮏ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻼﺭﻧﺲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻬﻀﺖ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺷﻴﻔﺘ |ﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺯﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ‬ ‫ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻨﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﮐﺮﺍﻩ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺎﻗﺖ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻼﺭﻧﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﺴ ‪،‬ﻪ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﻓﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﻓﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﻥ ﭘﻴﺠﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﮎ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﺮﺩ ـ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﻋﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ـ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﻼﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ۸.‬ﺍﻧﺪﮐﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ‪ ۱۹۱۲‬ﻓﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﻫﻢ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺳﺆﺍﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬ ‪،‬ﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲﺍﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺟﻤﻌﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻠﺒﻲ ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺯﻡ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬ ‫‪۹‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻫﺘﻞ ﻣﻤﻠﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺱ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻠﺒﻲ‪) ، PORTALS TO FREEDOM،‬ﺁﮐﺴﻔﻮﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﺭﻭﻧﺎﻟﺪ‬ ‫‪ ۸‬ﺁﻳﻮﺍ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪) ٢٢-٢٧(١٩٩٠‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ(‬ ‫‪ ۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧ ‪،‬ﺬ ‪٢٩‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind25 25‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:39‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٢٦‬‬

‫ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﮐﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺘ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺑﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ «.‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘّﺤﺪ |ﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﺣﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍ ‪،‬ﻡ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪۱۰‬‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺀ ﺗﻔﺎﻫﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﴼ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺟﻮﻳﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﻣﺤﻠّﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﻴﺠﺎﻥ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﻔ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪﻡ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺁﻥ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺧﺪﺍﺣﺎﻓﻈﻲ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺷﻌ |ﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺻﺒﺤﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﮐﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﮐﺞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﴼ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﮐﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺷﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻬﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻴّﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻘﻴ |ﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺣﺘّﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﻭ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮑﻲ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪» :‬ﺗﻮ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ‪ «.‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻲ‪,‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ‬

‫‪] ۱۰‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪[۲۹‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind26 26‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:39‬‬ ‫‪٢٧‬‬ ‫ﺍ ّﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍ ّﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺷﻮﺑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺷﮏ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻳﺨﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺷﮏ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺯﺩﻭﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﮑﻮﺗﻲ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺸﻲ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻤﻴﻢ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﻲﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﻮﺵ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻠﺒﻲ ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ‬ ‫ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺧﺒﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,،‬ﺧﺒﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺗﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﮏ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺑﺮﻱ ﺟﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫»ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺗﺎﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩ‪«.‬‬ ‫»ﮐﻤﭙﺎﻧﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﭘﺎﮐﺎﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻻﻧﮓ ﺁﻳﻠﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﻳﺎ ﺧﺒﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻭﺭﺯﺷﻲ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻨﺪﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﻧﮑﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪۱۱‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﻴﻔﻮﺭﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺮﺍﻩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﮑﺲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﭼﺎﭖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻟ |ﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺰ)‪ (New York Times‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ« ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ...‬ﻭ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑ ‪،‬ﺎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ُﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ )‪ (Lake Mohonk‬ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ ۱۱‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻌﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۱۲‬ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind27 27‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:39‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٢٨‬‬ ‫‪۱۲‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮐﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺷﺐ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ )‪ (New York Evening Sun‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪:‬‬

‫»ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﺻﻠﺢ ‪...‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻓﮑﺮ ﻭ ﻓﻠﺴﻔ |ﻪ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫‪۱۳‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪:‬‬

‫»ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﺩﻳﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺼﺪ ﻧﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ـ‬ ‫‪۱۴‬‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺗﻮﻟﻴﮏ‪ ,‬ﭘﺮﺗﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻥ ـ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨ ّﻔﺬ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮﺗﺴﺘﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨّﺖ ﮔﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﭘﻴﺴﮑﻮﭘﺎﻝ )‪ (Episcopalians‬ﻭ ﭘﺮﺳﺒﻴﺘﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎ )‪ (Presbyterians‬ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﻟﻨﺪﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺗﻮﻟﻴﮏ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺻ |ﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻘﻴ |ﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻴﺮﻳﻪ ﻭ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﻭﺩﺳﺖ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﮐﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎ ﮐﻢ ﮐﻢ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻳﺎﻓ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻱ ﺷﺐ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺟﻨﺒﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۲‬ﺍﻟﻦ ﻭﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ‪ ,DAYS 236‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۷‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۳‬ﺍﻟﻦ ﻭﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ‪١٨‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۴‬ﺍﻟﻦ ﻭﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ‪١٦‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind28 28‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:39‬‬ ‫‪٢٩‬‬ ‫ﺍ ّﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻃﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻧﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻦ ﻃﺮﻓﺪﺍﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺭﻫﺒﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻳ ‪،‬‬ ‫»ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﺒﺎ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ...‬ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻗﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺑﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﺩﻭ ﺑﻬﺎﺀ ـ ﭘﺪﺭ ﻭ ﭘﺴﺮ ـ ﻫﺴﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﺭ ﻭ ﭘﺴﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﻦ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﴼ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﻧﺎﺯﻧﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫‪۱۵‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺯﺍﺀ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﺎ ﻫﺸﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻥﻫﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﷲ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ ﻣﺮﻱ ﺧﺒﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻴﺮﺍ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﺰﺷﮏ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﻳ ‪،‬ﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺒﻠّﻎ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺳﻨﺖ ﻧﻴﮑﻼﺱ )‪Saint-‬‬ ‫‪ (Nicholas‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ۷۳۱‬ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۲‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ‬‫ﺑﺮﻭﮐﻠﻴﻦ )‪ (Brooklyn‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ۹۳۵‬ﺧﺮﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪ ۱۶.‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۷ ۱۹۰۵‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻥ ﻭ ﺷﻮﻫﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﺿﻴﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻳﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺟﻤ |ﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪۱۸‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ ـ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ـ ﮐﻤﮏ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫‪ ۱۵‬ﻭﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ‪.۱۷‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۶‬ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫ ‪،‬ﺪ ‪.٣٥-٣٦‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۷‬ﺭﺍﺑﺮﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ ‪ ،MACNUTT,HOWARD ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺩﻫﻢ ﺟﻮﻥ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪http://bahai-library.com/stockman_macnutt‬‬ ‫‪۱۸‬ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ ‪،‬ـ ‪-THE BAHA’I FAITH IN AMERICA :EARLY EXPANSION, 1900‬‬ ‫‪ ,، 1912‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪.٢٣٣‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind29 29‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:39‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٣٠‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۰‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺍﻣﻨﺎﺀ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۹‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺩﺭ »ﮐﺎﻧﻮﻧﺸﻦ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺒﺪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪«،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﮐﺎﻧﻮﻧﺸﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ۱۹.‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻗ |ﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻂ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻣﺪﺭﺳ |ﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﮔﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﮑﺮ )‪ (Green Acre‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻴﻦ )‪۲۰ (Maine‬ﺧﺪﻣﺖ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻭﻃﻠﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺎﻧ ‪،‬ﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺯﺍﺕ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺖ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘ |ﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ‪ ,،‬ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺝ )‪ ,، (Arthure Dodge‬ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﺮ ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻔﮑﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺎﻋﻪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺁﺭﻳﺴﺘﻮﮐﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺝ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﻋﺎ ّﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺮﻓﴼ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﺧﺼﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻻ‬ ‫‪۲۱‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺋﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﮐﻠﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﮎ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺗﻦ )‪ (Manhattan‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻀﻮﻳﺖ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ‬

‫‪ ۱۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪.۳۰۸ ,‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۰‬ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫ ‪،‬ﺪ ‪٣٦ ,،SOME EARLY BAHAI’S‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۱‬ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ ‪۲۰۶-۲۰۹ ,،EARLY EXPANSION, 1900-1912 ،‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind30 30‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:39‬‬ ‫‪٣١‬‬ ‫ﺍ ّﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭ |ﻩ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘ |ﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﮐﻠﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ۲۲.‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻔﺮﻗ |ﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺷﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ‪ ۲۷‬ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻋﻀﻮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻢﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺭﺍ »ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ«‬ ‫‪۲۳‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺛﺒﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﻢ‬ ‫ﮎ ﺣﺘﻲ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﺎ‬‫ﺯﺍﺋﺮﻳﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ |ﻩ ﻧﺤﻮ |ﻩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻋﻤﻴﻖﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻔﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۱۲‬ﮐﻤﮏ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﻋﻼﻳﻖ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻓﻠﺴﻔ |ﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ )‪ (Pantheism‬ﺑﺎﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻋﻼﻗﻪﻣﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺍﺻﻞ »ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ« ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻠﻪ ﭘﺎﺗﻲ )‪ (Telepathy‬ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺻﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺑﺤﺚﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻲﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻭ‬

‫‪ ۲۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬ ‫‪۲۳‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪۳۳۸ ,‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind31 31‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:40‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٣٢‬‬

‫ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۵‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﮑﺘ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﻓ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘّﺤﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫‪۲۴‬‬ ‫ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻞ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘ |ﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﭘﺮﻳ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻭﮐﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﮑﺮﺍﻥ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺮﻩﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺗﺎﮐﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎﺀ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻠﻞ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪۲۵‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ۲۴‬ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫ ‪،‬ﺪ ‪ .٣٨ ,،SOME EARLY BAHAI’S‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪My love is my face take it to them. Tell them to see me in their love for‬‬ ‫‪each other‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۵‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ .(١٩٨٢‬ﺻﺺ ‪ .٤-٧‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‪،‬ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪The purpose of the creation of man is the attainment of the supreme‬‬ ‫‪virtues of humanity through descent of the heavenly bestowals… It is so,‬‬ ‫‪likewise, in the spiritual world. That world is the Kingdom of complete‬‬ ‫‪attraction and affinity. It is the Kingdom of the One Divine Spirit, the‬‬ ‫‪Kingdom of God. Therefore, the affinity and love manifest in this meeting,‬‬ ‫‪the divine susceptibilities witnessed here are not of this world but of the‬‬ ‫‪world of the Kingdom… Through His (Christ) death and teachings we‬‬ ‫‪have entered into His Kingdom. His essential teaching was the unity of‬‬ ‫…‪mankind and the attainment of supreme human virtues through love‬‬ ‫?‪Can you find in His words any justification for discord and enmity‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind32 32‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:40‬‬ ‫‪٣٣‬‬ ‫ﺍ ّﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺁﭘﺎﺭﺗﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﻓﻠﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ۳۹‬ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ‪۶۷‬‬ ‫ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﺭﭼﺮﺍﻍﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻘﻔﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﺎﺑﻴ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫‪۲۶‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ‪ ,‬ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺫﻫﻦ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴّﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻣﺘ ّﻮﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»‪...‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ ...‬ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺗﺨﻢ ﺍﻓﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﮔﻞ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ...‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﺐ ﻭ‬ ‫‪۲۷‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪«...‬‬

‫ﺳﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ,‬ﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ‪ ,‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﮐﺸﻴﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴّﻮﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ‬‫ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻠّﺖ ﺑﻲﻋﻼﻗﮕﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺬﻫ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﮐﻮﺭﮐﻮﺭﺍﻧ |ﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻘﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ‬

‫‪… If you should announce that Italy was a barbarous nation and not‬‬ ‫‪Christian, this would be vehemently denied. But would Christ sanction‬‬ ‫‪what they are doing in Tripoli? … Whenever discord prevails instead‬‬ ‫‪of unity, wherever hatred and antagonism take the place of love and‬‬ ‫‪spiritual fellowship, Antichrst reigns instead of Christ… We have been‬‬ ‫‪brought together here by the power of His Word—you from America,I‬‬ ‫‪from Persia— all in love and unity of spirit. Was this possible in former‬‬ ‫‪centuries? If it is possible now after fifty years of sacrifice and teaching,‬‬ ‫‪hat shall we expect in the wonderful centuries coming.‬‬ ‫‪ , The Diary of Juliet Thompson ۲۶‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪.۴‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۷‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪٨-٩ (١٩٨٢‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind33 33‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:40‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٣٤‬‬ ‫‪۲۸‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻘﻒ ﺑﻴﮑﺴﺒﻲ )‪ ,(Bixby‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻟ |ﻪ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺪﺷﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﮑﺴﺒﻲ‪ :‬ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ‪» :‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪,،‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﺆ ّﺳﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﮑﺴﺒﻲ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻲ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﻳﮑﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ؟‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪» :‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺑّﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﺮﺑّﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ؟‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪... .‬ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺪﻑ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﮑﺴﺒﻲ ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ؟‬ ‫ﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﻼﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪» :‬ﺑﻠ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﮑﺴﺒﻲ‪ :‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻭ ﮐﻼﻡ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﺵ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻭ ﮐﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫ﻞ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ‬‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪» :‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﻱ ﻗﺒ ‪،‬‬

‫‪ ۲۸‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۳۱‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind34 34‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:40‬‬ ‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫ﺍ ّﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﺷﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ‪ «،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﻨﻴﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺣﻢ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﺶ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺎﺋﺺ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﻭ ﺣﺎﻻ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ...‬ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﮐﻼﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺒﺲ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ...‬ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﮐﺸﻴ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍّﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺒﺸﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﺎﮐﺮ‪ ....‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻗ ّﻮﺕ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ‬ ‫‪۲۹‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻮ ّﺩﺕ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫‪۳۰‬‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ُﺭﺯ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺸﻴﺶ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﻣﻮﺭﺗﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻭ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﮎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮ ‪،‬ﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺒﺰ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪,،‬‬‫»ﺍﻳّﺎﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﮔﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﺸﮑﻔﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﺮ ﺛﻤﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻤ |ﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﺠﻮﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﮔﺬﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﮐﻢ ﮐﻢ ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﭘﮋﻣﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺭﺑّﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺑﺒﺎﺭﺩ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﻳﻘ |ﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺷﮑﻮﻓﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﺁﺑﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ ,،٣‬ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ‬ ‫‪ ۲۹‬ﮔﺮﺗﺮﻭﺩ ﺑﻮﻳﮑﻤﺎ‪،,‬ﺁﻟﺒﺮﺕ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍ ‪،‬‬ ‫)ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ (١٩١٢‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ٥‬ﻭ ‪٨‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۰‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪۸‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind35 35‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:40‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٣٦‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺁﻥ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻐﻠﻮﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﻏﻠﺒﻪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺑﻲ ﺭﻭﺡ ﮔﺸﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍﺛﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﭘﺲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫‪۳۱‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪«...‬‬

‫ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺧﻄﺎﺑ |ﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻠّﻪﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ »ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ« ﻭ ﺳﮑﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﺑﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺷ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﺳﮑﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺗﺮﺟﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﻟﺒﺨﻨﺪﻱ ﺯﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪.“Summer“ :‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻄﺎﺑ ‪،‬ﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ‪,،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﻃﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻤﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻠّﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ‬ ‫‪۳۲‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺒﺮﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺶ ﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﺗﺎﮐﺴﻲ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻧﺶ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ! ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﮕ ‪،‬ﻮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ‬ ‫‪۳۳‬‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻁ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬

‫‪ ۳۱‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪ ) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ,(١٩٨٢‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٩‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۲‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۳۲‬‬ ‫‪ ,The Diary of Juliet Thompson ۳۳‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪.۴‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind36 36‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:40‬‬ ‫‪٣٧‬‬ ‫ﺍ ّﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺻﺒﺢ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺟﻮﻳﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﭘﺴﺮﺵ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻧﻤﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺴﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﺷﻮﻫﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻓﮑﺮ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺭﺍ ـ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻋﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺭﮔﺒﺎﺭ ـ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ‬‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻋﮑﺲ ﺗﺼﻮ ِﺭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﮐﺮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻻ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺠﺎﻟﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺧﺘﺮﺵ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺗ ّﻮﮐﻞ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﺒﴼ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪۳۴‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻏﻢ ﻭ ﻏﺼ |ﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ۳۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind37 37‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:40‬‬ ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‬

Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind38 38 17.05.2014 16:08:40 ‫ﺳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ‬

‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﺷﻖ ﮐﺸﻴﺶ ﭘﺮﺳﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ )‪ ,(Percy Grant‬ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ‪,‬ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲ‪،‬ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۸۲۷‬ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﮏ )‪ (Evangelical Church‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻓ ّﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺖ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻴ |ﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﮏ ﮔﻮﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺮﺳﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۸۹۳‬ﺑﻪ ِﺳ َﻤﺖ ﮐﺸﻴﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺯ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﻢ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﻭ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫‪۱‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﺳﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻪ!‬ ‫ﺿﺪ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ‬ ‫ﮐﺸﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﻋﻆ ﺑﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻬﺮﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﻣﻨﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﻭﻋﻆ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ‬

‫ﺖ ‪ ،PARISH HISTORY‬ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪ ۱‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪ‪http://ascensionnyc.org/history :‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind39 39‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:40‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪,‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮐﻤﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻬﺪ |ﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻴّﺖ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻳﮑﺸﻨﺒﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ‪ ,‬ﮐﻼﺱﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻳﮑﺸﻨﺒﻪ ﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺎﻗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ)‪ ,(Edward Getsinger‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮐﺸﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺑﺎ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻭ ﺻﺤﺒ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺧﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﻮﻳﺎ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻮﻳﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺩﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫‪۳‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺳﭙﺮﺩﻩﺍ ‪،‬ﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﻋﻆ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻠﻲ ﺗﺰﺋﻴﻦ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮐﺸﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻮﻳﻲ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ‪ ,‬ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﭘﻮﻟﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺮﻧﻄﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺍﮔﺮ ﻋﻄﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻢ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻢ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻃﺒﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﭘﺮﺳﺮ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ...‬ﻧﺒﻮﺕﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻦﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺮﺍ ‪،‬ﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺑﺪ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻄﺎﻳ ‪،‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ‬

‫‪ ,، The Diary of Juliet Thompson ۲‬ﻓﺼﻞ‪٣‬‬ ‫‪ ,، The Diary of Juliet Thompson ۳‬ﻓﺼﻞ‪۴‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind40 40‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:40‬‬ ‫‪٤١‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ‬

‫ﻧﺒ ّﻮﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭﺳﺎﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪﻳﻢ‪ ,‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻄﺎﻳﺎ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ ...‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻮﺩﮎ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺘﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻮﺩﮎ ﻓﮑﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻡ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺷﺪﻡ ﻓﮑﺮﻡ ﺭﺷﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﮎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﺗﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺒﻬ ‪،‬ﻢ‬ ‫ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺩﻳﺪ‪ ...‬ﭘﺲ ﺳﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ‬ ‫‪۴‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺰﺭﮒﺗﺮ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬

‫ﭘﺮﺳﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ُﮐﺮ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺁﻭﺍﺯ »ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ« ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ ,‬ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﺳﻘﻔﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺳﺘﺎﺧﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬

‫ﻲ ‪ ،CORINTHIANS‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ۴‬ﻧﺴﺨ |ﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪http://www.biblegateway.com/passage‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind41 41‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:40‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٤٢‬‬

‫ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻴﺲ ﺍﻋﻈ ‪،‬ﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﻫﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﺩﺍﺭ |ﻩ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﻮﺱ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻻﻱ‬ ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﻳﮏ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﮔﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺰﺋﻴﻦ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ‪,‬ﮐﻪ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺒﻞ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫‪۵‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺤ ّﻤﻞ ﻣﺸﻘﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﻠﮑﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﭘﺮ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﻄﻮﻓﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ ﮐﺜﻴﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪,‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻣﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻳﮏ ﻗ ّﻮ |ﻩ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ‪ ,‬ﺗﺎ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄ |ﻪ ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻳﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪,‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﻗ ّﻮﻩ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ ,‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴ |ﻪ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄ |ﻪ ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﺟﻨﺴﻲ ﻭ ﻭﻃﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪,‬‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻱ ﺑﺸﺮﻳّﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻭﻃﻦ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺗّﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴّﻪ‪ ,‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ّ‬ ‫‪۶‬‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺜﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ‪«...‬‬

‫ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻌﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ,، The Diary of Juliet Thompson ۵‬ﻓﺼﻞ‪۴‬‬ ‫‪ ۶‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪١١-١٢ (١٩٨٢‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind42 42‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:40‬‬ ‫‪٤٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ‬

‫»ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺁﻣﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‪ ,‬ﻣﺪﻧّﻴﺖ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ,‬ﻧﻪ ﻣﺪﻧﻴّﺖ‬ ‫ﺟﺴﻤﺎﻧﻴّﻪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺩﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻧﻴّﺖ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‬ ‫‪۷‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺪﻧﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«...‬‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻳﺖ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ‪» :‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻏﺮﻕ ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄ |ﻪ ﺷﻴﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻧﮕﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪۸‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺁﻥ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻗﻮﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻠﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻲ ﺑﻀﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﻭ ﮐﺸﻴﺶﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗﻮ ﺟﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺭﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ ۹«...‬ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻆ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻭﺩ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ »ﻣﺴﻴﺢ‪ ,‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪ ۱۰‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﺯﺭﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻫﺠﻮﻡ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻐﻤ |ﻪ »ﺍﷲ ﺍﺑﻬﻲ« ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻃﺎﻟﺒﺎﻥ ﻃﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺣﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻦ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪ ,‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﻨﺪ‪,‬‬

‫‪ ۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۱‬‬ ‫‪ ۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۲‬‬ ‫‪ ۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۳‬‬ ‫‪ ,، The Diary of Juliet Thompson ۱۰‬ﻓﺼﻞ‪۴‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind43 43‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:41‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٤٤‬‬ ‫‪۱۱‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻮﺍﺯﺵ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺴﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﺪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﮎ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﻓﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺑﺮﮐﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺩﻭﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﺳﻴﺎﻫﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ ,‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺯﺍﻧﻮ ﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪۱۲‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺭﻓﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺗﺸﮑﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ »ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺳﺘﺎﺧﻴﺰ« ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻭﻋﺪ |ﻩ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺗﺸﮑﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﺮﺍﺕ ﻫﻢ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﺰﺩ ﮐﺸﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﻣﻦ! ﻭ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﻟﺒﺨﻨﺪﻱ ﺯﺩ ﻭﮔﻔ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻭ ﻗ ّﻮ |ﻩ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﺩﻋﺎ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭﭘﺮﺳﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻗﻪ‬ ‫|‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺮ |ﻩ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ‬ ‫‪۱۳‬‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻳﮑﺸﻨﺒﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﻳﻲ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩﻳ |ﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻔﮑــــﺮ ﭘﻴﺸـــﺮﻭ)‪Union Meeting of Advanced Thought‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ّ‬ ‫‪ (Centers‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟــﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﻧﮕــﻲ )‪ (Carnegie Hall‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫‪ ۱۱‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۳۴‬‬ ‫‪ ,، The Diary of Juliet Thompson ۱۲‬ﻓﺼﻞ‪۴‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۳‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind44 44‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:41‬‬ ‫‪٤٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺋﻴﻨﻪ‪ ,‬ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺃﻓﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩ |ﻩ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺑﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠّﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪ ,‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺗﺠﻠّﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺾ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻠّ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻓﻴ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﮐﺎﺋﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻔﻴﺾ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ...‬ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺲ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪۱۴‬‬ ‫ﻗ ّﻮﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪«...‬‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺗﺶ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻭ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺳﺎﺥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻱ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘّﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺻﻴﻘﻞ ﺩﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ۱۵«.‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻲﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺭ ّ‬

‫»‪...‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺻﻔﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﺠﻠّﻲ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫‪۱۶‬‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۴‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪١٤ ,(١٩٨٢‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۵‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬ ‫‪ ۱۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۵‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind45 45‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:41‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٤٦‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺯﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺭﻗﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﺭﺃﻓﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺷﻌﻠﻪﻭﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﮐﻮﺷﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫‪۱۷‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﺗﺤ ّﻤﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪«.‬‬

‫»ﺷﺼﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ‬ ‫‪۱۸‬‬ ‫ﺯﺍﺋﻞ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﻭﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ ,‬ﻫﻮﺩﺳﻦ ﻣﺎﮐﺴﻴﻢ )‪ (Hudson Maxim‬ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺤﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻮﺩﺳﻦ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﻤﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺘﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮﻩ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺠ ّﻬﺰ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻼﺡ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺟﻨﮓ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ‪،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺳﻌﻲ ﮐﺮﺩ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﮐﺴﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺁﻭﺭ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﺭﻥ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟«‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻫﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﺮﺏ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﮐﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﮐﺴﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺟﻨﮓ‬

‫‪ ۱۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬ ‫‪ ۱۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind46 46‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:41‬‬ ‫‪٤٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ‬

‫ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﻲ ﺭﺣﻢ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺣﺮﺏ ﻋﻠﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺮﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﺏﻫﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ |ﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﮐﺴﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﺮﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﻫ ّﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﺿﺮﺭ ﺩﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﮐﺴﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﻲ‪ ,‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﮐﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‪,‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻭ ﮐﺸﺘﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﮐﻤﺘﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺯﻣﻨ |ﻪ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺮﺏ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﮐﺸﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪...‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺣﺎﻻ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﮐﺴﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺯﻣﻨ |ﻪ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺘﻞ‬ ‫ﮐﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﮐﺸﺘﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﮔﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﻣﻲﺭﻳﺰﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺟﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﮐﺴﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﻤﺐﻫﺎ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻗ |ﻪ ﻣﺎﺩ |ﻩ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺼﺮﻭﻑ ﮐﺸﺘﻦ ﻫﻤﻨﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺑﺸﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺘﺮﻉ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻣﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻱ ﺧﻼﻗ |ﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺁﻻﺕ ﺣﺮﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ...‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﮔﻤﺎﺭﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺸﻒ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ ...‬ﺁﻧﻮﻗﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺁﻭﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﺮﻉ ﺁﻻﺕ ﺣﺮﺏ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind47 47‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:41‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٤٨‬‬

‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﺭﻳﺸ |ﻪ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮐﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﺮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ‪...‬‬ ‫‪۱۹‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺻﻠﺢ‪ ,‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺤﻲ ﭘﺪﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻔﻘﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺗﺸﮑﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻳﮑﺸﻨﺒﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ« ﺣﻔﻆ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ »ﮐﺎﻣ ً‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫‪۲۰‬‬ ‫ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﻓﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ‬

‫‪ ۱۹‬ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘ ‪،‬ﺮ ﺟﻠﺪ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ٥ ،٧‬ﻭ ‪١٠-١١‬‬ ‫‪ ,، The Diary of Juliet Thompson ۲۰‬ﻓﺼﻞ‪۴‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind48 48‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:41‬‬ ‫‪٤٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ‬

‫ﻋﺼﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻧﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﻓﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻭ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﻓﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ ﻭﮐﻴﻞ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۶‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۹‬ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺳﻔﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﻒ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﮐﺴﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻳﺎﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﻣﻠّﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬ ‫ﻭ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺼﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪۱۹۲۷‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺒﺪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ـ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ‬ ‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮـ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻭﮐﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﷲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﮑﻤ |ﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﻔﺮ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻔﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻩ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺣﻤﻼﺕ ﻭﺣﺸﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﮑﻤ |ﻪ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺣﮑﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻌﻲ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻲ ﺍﻓﻨﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻟﻴﺎﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﻔﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ‬ ‫‪۲۱‬‬ ‫ﺳﺘﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻋﺎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ |ﻩ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺑﻠﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﺎﺳﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﮑﻢ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﺳﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬

‫‪ ۲۱‬ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻠّﻲ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍ‪ ,،‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪A BIENNIAL INTERNATIONAL :‬‬ ‫ﻲ ‪ .٥٠٩ -٥١٠(١٩٥٢‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫‪ RECORD‬ﺟﻠﺪ ﺳﻮﻡ )ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳ ‪،‬ﺰ ﻟﺠﻨ |ﻪ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪He has truly acquitted himself in this most sacred task with exemplary‬‬ ‫‪distinction and proved himself worthy of so noble a mission. I request‬‬ ‫‪you to join me in my prayers for him.‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind49 49‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:41‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪۲۲‬‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺫ ّﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﻴﺲ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﺎﺳﻮﺕ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺑﮑﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﮑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﺎﺯﺩ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﻌﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ...‬ﻭ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻧ |ﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴّﺰ‬ ‫‪۲۳‬‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺷﻬﻮﺩ ﺁﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻢ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻣﺘﺨﻠّﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺳﺠﺎﻳﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫ﺖ‬ ‫»ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﮕﻮﺋﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﺋﻴﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺍﺯ‬‫ﺷﻌﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻭ ﻋﻘﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺰﺀ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫‪۲۴‬‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻞ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ؟«‬

‫»ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻗ ّﻮ |ﻩ ﻣﺎﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟ ّﻄﺒﻴﻌﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻗ ّﻮﻩ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫‪۲۵‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻫﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ‪ ,‬ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬

‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۲‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪١٧ ,(١٩٨٢‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۳‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬ ‫‪ ۲۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬ ‫‪ ۲۵‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind50 50‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:41‬‬ ‫‪٥١‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ‬

‫ﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻌﻠ |ﻪ ﻣﺤﺒّﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺍﻓﺮﻭﺯﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺩﻫﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻗﻮﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﻡ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺗﺎ ّﻡ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘّﺤﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺠﺬﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺑﺘﺎﺑﺪ‪ ,‬ﺗﺠﻠّﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻌﺎﺩﺕ ﺍﺑﺪﻳ |ﻪ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻳﻨﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪۲۶‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪«.‬‬

‫‪ ۲۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۸‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind51 51‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:41‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٥٢‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind52 52‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:41‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬

‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺻﺒﺢ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ,‬ﺳﻪ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺟﻤﻌ |ﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻲﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻼﺵ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﻧﺪ )‪ (Dr. Hallimond‬ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﭘﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﻄﻘ |ﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﮕﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭ ﮐﺮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﺷﺎﻡ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻧﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﺯ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺎﻫﮕﺎﻩ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﺩ )‪ (John Good‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭ |ﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺳﻴﻨﮓ ﺳﻴﻨﮓ)‪Sing‬‬ ‫‪ (Sing Prision‬ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺸﻮﻧﺖ ﺁﻣﻴﺰ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﺷﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﺁﻭﻳﺰﺍﻥ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺰﺟﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺒﺲ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺒﺲ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪,‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind53 53‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:41‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٥٤‬‬

‫ﺖ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺒﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻌﻮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺸﻖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﮊﻭﻟﻴ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻲﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﻧﺪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻞ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺭﺍ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌ |ﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﻴ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻲ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﮑﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﻟﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻫﻨﻴﮕﻦ )‪ (Hannegen‬ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻗﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻌﺪﴽ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺠﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺳﻪ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ)‪ (Edward Getsinger‬ﻳﮏ ﺍﺳﮑﻨﺎﺱ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﮑﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﮑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ۲۵‬ﺳﻨﺘﻲ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﮑﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫‪۱‬‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻧﻘﺪ ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻬﺮﻭﻧﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺷﻬﺮﻭﻧﺪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻠﮑﺖ‪:‬‬

‫»ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺭﺁﻏﻮﺵ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺯﺩ‪ ,‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗ ّﻮﻩ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻇﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺰﻱ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺟﺮﻣﻨﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ ﻧﮑﻨﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠّﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﻳﮏ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻠّﺘﻲ‪ ,‬ﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﻟﺸﮑﺮ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﮐﺒﺮﻡ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻠّﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻇﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ‬‫ّ‬

‫‪ ,The Diary of Juliet Thompson ۱‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind54 54‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:41‬‬ ‫‪٥٥‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻳﮏ ﻭﻃﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎ‪,‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺼﺐ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻱ‬ ‫»ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻐﺾ ﻭ ﻋﺪﺍﻭﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺧﻮﻥ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ‪،‬ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫‪۳‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺍﻧﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻣﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻼﺟﺶ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺎﺗﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻡ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﻗ ّﻮﻩﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﻼﺩ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳ ‪،‬ﺪ‬ ‫‪۴‬‬ ‫ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﺮﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﴽ ﺑﺎ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ‬

‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ۲‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪) PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE،‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪١٩ (١٩٨٢‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۹‬‬ ‫‪ ۳‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬ ‫‪ ۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﺟﺎ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind55 55‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:42‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٥٦‬‬

‫ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺘﻲ ﺗﮑﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻃﻔﻞ ﺧﺮﺩﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﮐﺴﻮﺋﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﻮﺵ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺩﻟﮕﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻼﻗﻪﺍﺵ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ ,‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻋﺸﻘﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘ ّﻮﺟﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ؛ ﻭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺩﺧﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﮑﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﴼ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﻱ‪,‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺗﻮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﻡ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺣﺎﻣﻲ ﺗﻮ ﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻫﺮﺍﻟﺪ )‪ (New York Herald‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺟﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺟﻨﺠﺎﻟﻲ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﮐﻮﺗﻪ ﻓﮑﺮﻱ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﭘﻴﺴﮑﻮﭘﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﻃﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﺩﻋﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺭﻫﺒﺮ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ ,‬ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻋﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺳﺮﺯﻧﺶ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ‪ ,‬ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺻﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ َﺳﺮﺍﺳﻘﻒ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﻣﻮﻋﻈﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﺭﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫‪۵‬‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺪ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻢﺗﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺭ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻏﺮﻕ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺑﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪WARD, 236 DAYS/23 ۵‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind56 56‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:42‬‬ ‫‪٥٧‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬

‫ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺗﺎﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﮏ ﻏﺮﻕ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺗ ّﻔﺎﻗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﺲ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺷﻨﺒﻪ ‪ ۱۷‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺵ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‪ :‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﻮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻋﻘﻞ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺵ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻫﻮﺵ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺣﻮﺍﺱ ﭘﻨﺠﮕﺎﻧﻪ‪ ,‬ﻋﻘﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻖ‪ ,‬ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻮﺍﺱ ﭘﻨﺠﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻃﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﻋﻘﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻖ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻀﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺸﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﺍﻳﺎّﻡ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﻬﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭ ﺳﻨﻦ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻘﻞ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﺮ |ﻩ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ,‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻧﻘﺎﻳﺼﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺷﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠ |ﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ّ‬ ‫‪۶‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﮑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ِﮐﻨﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﻫﭙﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻔﻴﺪﭘﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ۶‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ .٢٢ (١٩٨٢‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻮﻕ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪What then remains? How shall we attain the reality of knowledge? By the‬‬ ‫‪breaths and promptings of the Holy Spirit, which is light and knowledge‬‬ ‫‪itself. Through it the human mind is quickened and fortified into true‬‬ ‫‪conclusions and perfect knowledge.‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind57 57‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:42‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٥٨‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﺜﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻭﻓﺎﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻨﺠﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺪﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﺷﺮﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣ ّﻬﻢ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺤ ّﻘﻖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫‪۷‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻼﺵ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫»ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮑﻮﺷﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﻳﺎﺑﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺟﻮﻳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺁﻳﻨ |ﻪ‬ ‫‪۸‬‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺐ ﺻﺎﻑﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ ﻭ ﺟﺴﻤﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﻨﻮﻉ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺒﺎﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺟﺬﺍﺏﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺻﺤﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻇﻞ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﮔﻞﻫﺎﻱ‬‫»‪ ...‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺿ |ﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﻧﮕﺎﺭﻧﮓ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻟﻄﻒ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ‬ ‫‪۹‬‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻮ |ﻩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪«...‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ۱۰‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﻪﺍﻱ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩ ﺍِﻣِﺮﻱ )‪ (Emery‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪ ۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪:۲۳‬‬ ‫‪The world has become a new world… Therefore, it is requisite that we‬‬ ‫‪must develop capacity and divine susceptibility in order that the merciful‬‬ ‫‪bounty of the Sun of Truth intended for this age and time in which we are‬‬ ‫‪living may reflect from us as light from pure crystals‬‬ ‫‪ ۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۲۴‬‬ ‫‪ ۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬ ‫‪ ۱۰‬ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺭﻭﺯ ‪ ١٨‬ﻭ‪ ١٩‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ‪ ١٩١٢‬ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫• ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻄﺎﺑ |ﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ »ﻣﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﻠﻮﺏ« ﺩﺭ ‪ ١٩‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ‪ Earl.‬ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ‪ ١٨‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫• ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﺯﺭﻗﺎﻧ ‪،‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind58 58‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:42‬‬ ‫‪٥٩‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬

‫ﻧﻮﺩ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﺍِﻣِﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺵ ﻫﻨﺮﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺁﺭﺷﻴﺘﮑﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺮﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬ ‫‪۱۱‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﺵ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺁﻣ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺒﺎﻫﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ »ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﺼﻠﻮﺏ« ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬‫ِ‬ ‫• ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬ ‫‪ ١٨‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﺍِﺭﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ‪١٩‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻟﻦ ﻭﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ »ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﺼﻠﻮﺏ« ﻭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ‪ ١٨‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﺍِﺭﻝ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ‪ ١٩‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﮐﻴﺖ ﮐﺮ ‪،‬ﻭ ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣ ‪،‬ﻪ ﺷﺮﺣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻮﺷﺘ |ﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﺍﺭﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﮑﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺛﻖ ‪ -‬ﮐﻴﺖ ﮐﺮﻭ ﻭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‪ -‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ »ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﺼﻠﻮﺏ« ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﺍِﺭﻝ ﺩﺭ ‪ ١٩‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‬‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻤ |ﻪ »ﺍﻣﺸﺐ« ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺐﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﻲ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﺭ ‪ ١٨‬ﻭ ‪ ١٩‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺏ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﮑﺎﺕ ﻓﻮ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻕ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﺸﻨﺒ ‪،‬ﻪ ‪ ١٨‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.۱‬‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫‪.a‬‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ‬ ‫‪.b‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻌﻪ ‪١٩ ،‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.۲‬‬ ‫ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﺮﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪.a‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﺍِﺭﻝ‬ ‫‪.b‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ »ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﺼﻠﻮﺏ«‬ ‫‪.c‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ‬ ‫‪.d‬‬

‫‪ ۱۱‬ﺟﻮﻳﺲ ﻣﻨﺪﻟﺴﻦ‪THE LOWER EAST SIDE REMEMBERED AND REVISITED: A،‬‬ ‫‪،HISTORY AND GUIDE TO A LEGENDARY NEW YORK NEIGHBORHOOD‬‬ ‫)ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻠﻤﺒﻴ ‪،‬ﺎ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪(٢٠٠٩‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind59 59‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:42‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٦٠‬‬

‫ﻟﺪﻧﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺳﺨﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﻭ ﺩﺭﮎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺗﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺷﮕﻔﺖﺯﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻓﻪ ﭘﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ‬‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﻭ ﺿﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﻋﻼﻳﻖ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻋﺰﻟﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺰﻭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﻬﻞ ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻏﻠﺒ |ﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻗﻮﻱﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﺎﺳﻮﺕ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺅﺳﺎﻱ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﺴﺠﻮﻧﻴّﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺧﻼﺻ |ﻪ ﮐﻼﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻝﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻧﻘﺎﻳﺺ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺪ‪ ,‬ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺸﺮ ﮐﺴﺐ‬ ‫ﻓﻀﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫‪۱۲‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﮔﻨﺞ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪«.‬‬

‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۸۷۳‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﻟﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﭘﺎ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﭘُﺮﺗﺮﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺵ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮐﻤﮑﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ‪ ۱۲‬ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺭﺙ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﺛﻲ‬

‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۲‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ,(١٩٨٢‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۲۸‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind60 60‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:42‬‬ ‫‪٦١‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﮕﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧ ّﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮐﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺣﺼﺒﻪ ﻣﺒﺘﻼ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺰﺷﮑﻲ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﻪ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﺭﺅﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻨﺸﻴﻦ‪ ۱۳‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺩﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺶ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺳﻮﺭﺑﻦ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺴﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻬﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۱‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﻳﺲ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻠﺰ)‪ (May Bolles‬ـ ﺍ ّﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ـ ﻟﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ )‪ ,(Lua Getsinger‬ﺗﻮﻣﺎﺱ ﺑﺮﻳﮑﻮﻝ )‪(Thomas Brickwell‬‬ ‫ـ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴـﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭙﻮﻟﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﻔﻮﺱ )‪ (Hippolyte Dreyfus‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ ﻧﺼﻴﺒﺶ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺿﻠﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺒﻠﻐّﻴﻦ ﺳﺮ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﮐﺴﺐ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۹‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺽ‬ ‫‪۱۴‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺳﻔﺮ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۱۱‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺭﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠّ |ﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﻨﻮﻳﭻ )‪ (Greenwich Village‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻢ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﭘﺎﺗﻖ ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺯﻭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺎﺭﮎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ‬ ‫)‪ (Washington Square Park‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻃﺮﻑﺗﺮ‪ ,‬ﺳﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻠّﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻌﮑﺲ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺎﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﻋﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﻓّﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻴﻼﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪ ,‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﻣﻲﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻬﺮ |ﻩ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ |ﻩ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪,‬‬

‫‪ ۱۳‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫﺪ ‪٧٦،‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۴‬ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫ ‪،‬ﺪ ‪٧٦-٧٧‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind61 61‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:42‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٦٢‬‬

‫ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﭘﺮﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮐﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻋﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﮑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺒﺎﺱﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﺩﺭﺏ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﺸﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪,‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺵﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺁﻟﺒﺎﻟﻮﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﺗﺰﺋﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,،‬ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻓﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻴﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻮﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻀﺎﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺮﻭﺗﻤﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﺐﻫﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﻴﺪﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺷ |ﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻲﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻴﺠﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺯﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﻃﺮﻑﺗﺮ‪ ,‬ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﭙﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺒﺶ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺁﮐﺎﺭﺩﺋﻮﻥ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻣﻲﺯﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻧﻮﺍﺯﻧﺪ |ﻩ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻣﻲ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﻭ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﻠﻮﻁ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻭﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺨﺖ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﭘﻨﺎﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﻤﮑﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﮎ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺑﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﴼ ﭘﻠﻴﺲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﮔﺸﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﺰ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺳﺐ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﭘﻴﺮ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭﻧﻴﻔﻮﺭﻡ ﻗﻬﻮﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪,‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮒﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺸﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺭﻳﺨﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻣﺎ ﻓﻮﺍﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﮐﻢﮐﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﺑﻪ‪ ,‬ﮐﻠﺒﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﭼﻮﺏ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﻠّﻪ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﻨﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﻠﮑﻲ ﭘﻪﭘﻪ )‪ (Pepe‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﻔﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﺖ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﮑﻨﺪ‪,‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﭘﻪﭘﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺎﻕﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind62 62‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:42‬‬ ‫‪٦٣‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﴼ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﻠّﻪ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺻﺪ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﻔﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻓﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺑﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﻔﻦ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﻓﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺑﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻌﺪﴽ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺎﺭﺍﮊﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﺭ |ﻩ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩ |ﻩ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺳﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻬﻤﺎﻧﺨﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻳﮏ ﮔﻮﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﮕﺎﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻮﻣﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﻦ )‪(Thomas Paine‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺁﻟﻦ ﭘﻮ )‪ ,(Edgar Allen Poe‬ﻣﺎﺭﮎ ﺗﻮﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫)‪ ,(Mark Twain‬ﺭﺍﺑﺮﺕ ﻟﻮﺋﻴـﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻮﻧﺴﻦ )‪(Robert Louis Stevenson‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻨﺮﻱ )‪ (O. Henry‬ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻠّﻪ‪ ,‬ﻓﻀﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﭘﺮ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮﻱ ﺭﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺁﻥ‪ ,‬ﻣﻐﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻟﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺗﺌﺎﺗﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ ,‬ﺑﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪,‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻳﮏ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺌﺎﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪۱۵‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬‫ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﻭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻠﺐ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳّﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﮊﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫‪ ۱۵‬ﺟﻮﺋﻴﺪﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﻧ ‪،‬ﻮ ‪ ١٩ ،FRAGRANCE FROM GREENWICH VILLAGE‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪١٩ ، ,٢٠١٠‬‬ ‫ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪http://bohemianlit.comfull_text/Bruno/fragments.htm‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind63 63‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:42‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٦٤‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﺗﻴﺎﺳﻮﻓﻲﻫﺎ )‪ (Theosophical Societies‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠ |ﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﮑﺘﺐ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺎ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﴼ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﺍ ﻟﻬﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻓﮑﺮ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺋﻴﺴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻮﺩﺍﺋﻴﺴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﺒﺶﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﮑﺘﺐﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﺘّﻲ‪ ,‬ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲﺗﺮﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻮﻳﺎﻱ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺗﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﮐﻬﻨ |ﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻨﻮﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺒﻨﺪ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﻗﻄﻊ‬ ‫ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪,‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺁﻥ‪ ,‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‪ ,‬ﻣﻨﻌﮑﺲ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﻀﺎﺩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ »ﺭﻭﺡ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ« ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ |ﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ ﺣﺎﮐﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺟﻨﺒﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻌﮑﺲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻠّ |ﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﻨﻮﻳﭻ ﺯﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻔﮑﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻼﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻃﺮﻓﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻔﮑ ِﺮ ﻫﺮﺝ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺝ ﻃﻠ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺘﻲ ﺳﺮﮐﻮﺑﮕﺮ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮐﻤﻮﻧﻴﺴﺖﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺑﻲﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺩﻫﺸﺘﻨﺎﮎ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﺷﮑﻞ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩﻳﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind64 64‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:42‬‬ ‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬

‫ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺑّﻲ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎﻫﻴّﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴّﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺪﻝ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ‪ ,‬ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻩ ﻭﺳﻴﻊﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺒ |ﻪ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ّ‬ ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻢ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ّﻃﻲ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﮑﻮﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺍﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﮐﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﮐﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻔﮑﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻦﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻓﺪﺍﺭﺍﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫‪۱۶‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻫﻨﺮﻱ‪,‬ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴّﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻧ ّﻘﺎﺵ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ ,،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻭ ﺗﻔﮑﺮﺍﺕ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﻨﻴﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﺒﻴﮏ ﮔﻔﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺻﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ‪ ,‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ،٥١‬ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ‪,‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻢ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﻮﻗﺖﻫﺎ ﺟﺰﻭ ﻗﻠﻤﺮﻭ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﺗﺮﮎ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺳﻘﻔﻲ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺳﻮﺭﻳﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺑﻀﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺰﺩ ﮐﺸﻴﺶﻫﺎﻱ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻭ‬

‫‪ ۱۶‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ٢٣، EPHEMERAL NEW YORK.‬ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪http://ephemeralnewyork.worpress.com/tag/Greenwich- .‬‬ ‫‪/village-in-the1910s‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind65 65‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:42‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٦٦‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴّﺖ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﻃﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﻟّﺪ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ‪ ,‬ﺩﺍﺋﻤﴼ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ‪ ,‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗّﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﺱ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘّﺤﺪﻩ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻮﻍ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻫﻨﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻫﻨﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﺕ‪ ,‬ﺑﻮﺳﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺁﮔﻮﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﺩﻥ )‪Auguste‬‬ ‫‪ (Rodin‬ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺗ ّﻮﺟﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺼﻴّﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺫﻫﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺳﻨّﺘﻲ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ‪,‬‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﮑﺘﺐ ﺗﻴﺎﺳﻮﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺩ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ‪ ,‬ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫‪۱۷‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﭘﺎﺭﺗﻤﺎﻥ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎﺭﺟﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﺭﺗﻦ‪ ,‬ﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻓﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻫﻨﺮﻱ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫‪۱۸‬‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺳﺘﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻧ |ﻪ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﺎﻣ ً‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺛﺮ »ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻘﻴﻤﺖ ﺍﺩﺑﻲ« ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ ۱۹.‬ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬ ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﺟﺎﺫﺑ |ﻪ‬

‫ﻞ ‪ .، JULIET REMEMBERS GIBRAN AS TOLD TO MARZIEH‬ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﻧﻈﻢ‬ ‫‪ ۱۷‬ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﮔﻴ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻲ ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ، ١٢‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪) ،٤‬ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،٢٩-٣١(١٩٧٨‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪http://bahai-library.com/histories/Juliet.gibran.html‬‬ ‫ﻞ ‪.٢٩-٣١ ،JULIET REMEMBERS GIBRAN AS TOLD TO MARZIEH‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۸‬ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﮔﻴ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۹‬ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺳﻬﻴﻞ ﺑﺸﺮﻭﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺟﻮ ﺟﻨﮑﻴﻨﺰ )‪Joe Jenkins) KHALIL‬‬ ‫‪) ، GIBRAN: MAN AND POET‬ﺁﮐﺴﻔﻮﺭﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪(١٩٩٨ ،OneWorld‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind66 66‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:42‬‬ ‫‪٦٧‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۲۸‬ﺑﻨﺎﻡ‬ ‫»ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﭘﺴﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ«)‪ (Jesus Son of Man‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ,‬ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ »ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ« )‪ (The Prophet‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺗﺸﻨﮕﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺴﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫‪۲۰‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺮﺍﺏ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۱۲‬ﺭﺍ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺰﻟﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺰﻭﺍ ﺑﺴﺮ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻏﺮﻕ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﺕ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻏﺬﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻗﻬﻮ |ﻩ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺗﺮﮐﻲ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺳﻴﮕﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۱۲‬ﺑﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻋﺎ ّﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﮐﻪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻡ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﻭ ﭘﺮ ﻣﻨﻘﺒﺘﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘ |ﻪ‬ ‫‪۲۱‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﻼ‬‫ﺻﺒﺢ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ‪,‬ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﭘُﺮﺗﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒ ً‬ ‫ﺳﻪ ﺩﻓﻌﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﺮﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕﻫﺎ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ‪ ,‬ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻻ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺻ ً‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺗﺮ |ﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻔﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺣﻴﺮﺕ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﴼ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﺍﻭﻟﺌﮏ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻴﺪﴽ« ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺤ ّﻤﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺫﮐﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻠﻬﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‪» :‬ﻟﺒﺨﻨﺪ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍﺯ ﻭ ﺭﻣﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‪ ,‬ﺳﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻋﺮﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ «.‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻔﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪۲۲‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۰‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬ ‫‪١٢٣-١٢٦ ۲۱‬‬ ‫‪١٢٣-١٢٦ ۲۲‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind67 67‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:43‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٦٨‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﭘﺮﺗﺮﻩ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﺍِﺭﻝ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻝ)‪ (Earl Hall‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻠﻤﺒﻴﺎ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻠﻤﺒﻴﺎ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺳﻂ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻫﻴﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮑﺪ |ﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮑﺪ |ﻩ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮑﺪ |ﻩ ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮑﺪ |ﻩ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻌ |ﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ‪ ,‬ﺳﻬﻢ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻣﺪﺭﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺘﺲ ﺑﻮﺁﺯ )‪ (Franz Boaz‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﮊﻧﺘﻴﮏ ﻣﺪﺭﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﻣﺎﺱ ﻫﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﮔﺎﻥ )‪(Thomas Hunt Morgan‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﺷﻴﻮ |ﻩ ﺗﮑﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﭘﺰﺷﮑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﴼ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻤﺒﻴﺎ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺱﺑﺎﻱﺗﺮﻳﻦ )‪ (Presbyterian Church‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﺸﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻠﻤﺒﻴﺎ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﮏ ﻗﻮﺍﻱ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺷﻌﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺸﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻗﻮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻏﻠﺒﻪ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ »ﺍﺷﺮﻑ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﮑﻢ ﻣﻲﺭﺍﻧﺪ‪ ۲۳«.‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ـ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ـ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﺒ |ﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﺒﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ‬ ‫‪۲۴‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ »ﻓﻠﺴﻔ |ﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ« ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﺭﺃﻓﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۳‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ,(١٩٨٢‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٣٠‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .۳۱‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪As material knowledge is illuminating those within the walls of this‬‬ ‫‪great temple of learning, so also may the light of the spirit, the inner and‬‬ ‫‪divine light of the real philosophy glorify this institution‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind68 68‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:43‬‬ ‫‪٦٩‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺪﻑ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭ ّﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻖ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻣﺘﻀﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫‪۲۵‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﺸﻖ ﺑﻮﺭﺯﻧﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﺳﺎﺗﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪۲۶‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﮑﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻳﮏ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ‬ ‫»ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺗﺮﻳﺒﻮﻥ« )‪ (New York Tribune‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ )‪Mary‬‬ ‫‪(Williams‬ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺎﺭ ﮐﻴﺖ ﮐﺮﻭ)‪ (Kate Carew‬ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺺ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻤﭗﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮑﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻟﻴﻔﺮﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻼﺕ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺷﺘ |ﻪ ﻫﻨﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺭﺳ |ﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﻧﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﺴﮑﻮ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﺴﮑﻮ ﺍﮔﺰﻣﻴﻨﺮ )‪ (San Fransisco Examiner‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻮﺯﻑ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﺘﺰﺭ )‪(Joseph Pulitzer‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ »ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ« )‪ (New York World‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫‪۲۷‬‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ |ﻩ ﺗﺨﺼﺼﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺯﻑ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﺘﺰﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻗﺎﺑﺖ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﮕﺎﺗﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻡ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻭﻟﻒ ﻫﺮﺳﺖ‬ ‫)‪ (William Randolph Herst‬ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ »ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﮊﻭﺭﻧﺎﻝ« )‪New‬‬ ‫‪ (York Journal‬ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻡ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻮﻟﻴﺘﺰﺭ‬

‫‪ ۲۵‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬ ‫‪ ۲۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬ ‫ﺖ ‪ ،KATE CAREW,THE ONLY WOMAN CARICATORIS‬ﻧﻬﻢ ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ‬ ‫‪ ۲۷‬ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺎﺭﺍ ﺍﺷﻤﻴ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪١٩٩٧‬؛ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪http://www.twianquotes.com/interviews/confessions.htm‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind69 69‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:43‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٧٠‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻫﺮﺳﺖ ﺳﺒﮑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﮕﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﮏ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻲﺍﺭﺯﺵ )‪ (Yellow Journalism‬ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺒ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ ,‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ »ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ« ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪ‬ ‫‪۲۸‬‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﮕﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺷﻨﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺳﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻧﻬﺎﺭﺩﺕ ‪ Sara Bernhardt‬ﻫﻨﺮﭘﻴﺸﻪ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎﺭﮎ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻳﻦ )‪ (Mark Twian‬ﻭ ﺟﮏ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ )‪ (Jack London‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ‪ ,‬ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺑﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺲ )‪ (W. B. Yeats‬ﺷﺎﻋﺮ‪ ,‬ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﭘﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﭘﻴﮑﺎﺳﻮ )‪,(Pablo Picaso‬‬ ‫ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﻨﺴﺘﻮﻥ ﭼﺮﭼﻴﻞ )‪ (Winston Churchill‬ﻭ ﺗﺌﻮﺩﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻭﻟﺖ )‪ ,(Theodore Roosvelt‬ﻭ ‪.‬ﮔﺮﻳﻔﻴﺖ )‪ (W. D. Griffith‬ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺴﺎﺯ‪,‬‬ ‫ﺟﻲ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺭﮔﺎﻥ )‪ (J. P. Morgan‬ﺑﺎﻧﮑﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻳﺖ )‪(Wright Brothers‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﺮﻉ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ۲۹.‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﻳﮑﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻃﻨﺰ ﺗﻠﺨﻲ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺳﺮﺩﺑﻴﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﺨ |ﻪ ﻗﺎﻃﻌﻲ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭﺁﻥ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺳﺮﺷﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒ |ﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﺩﺑﻴﺮ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﺷﮑﺎﺭ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺳﺮﺷﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺯﺟﺮ ﻭ ﺷﮑﻨﺠﻪ‪ ,‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﺎﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻗﻠ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺘﻢ‬ ‫‪۳۰‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻢ‪«.‬‬

‫ﮎ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﺷﺮ ‪John Wiley and‬‬ ‫ﺲ ‪) PULLTZER: A LIFE‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۸‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺩﻧﻴ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ,(٢٠٠١،Sons‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٢٩‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۹‬ﺍﺷﻤﻴﺖ‬ ‫‪ ۳۰‬ﺍﺷﻤﻴﺖ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind70 70‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:43‬‬ ‫‪٧١‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ‪ ,‬ﺟﻮﺯﻑ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﺘﺰﺭ »ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘ |ﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪﻧﮕﺎﺭﻱ«‪,‬‬ ‫‪۳۱‬‬

‫ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﮑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻘﻴ |ﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻤﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻗﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻤﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻤﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ـ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﻣﺮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻤﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪,‬‬ ‫‪۳۲‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘّﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻤﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺠﺎﻥ ﻭ ُﻣﺮﺩﻩ«‬

‫ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪﻫﺎﻳﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻼﺷﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﻪﻭﺍﺭ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻡ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻤﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﺑﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻢ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻭﮐﻴﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻤﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﺒ |ﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﭘﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪۳۳‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪«.‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﺪﺍﻧﻪ‪ ,‬ﻗﻠﻢ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﺰﺑﻴﻦ‪ ,‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻡ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻦ ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻋﺠﻴﺐﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺷﻤﺎﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﻡ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﭘﺸﺖ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻃﺮﻑ‪ ,‬ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﺩﻭﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺑﭙﻴﻮﻧﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻧﮓ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻢ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ّ‬ ‫‪ ۳۱‬ﺍﺷﻤﻴﺖ‬ ‫‪ ۳۲‬ﺍﺷﻤﻴﺖ‬ ‫‪ ۳۳‬ﺍﺷﻤﻴﺖ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind71 71‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:43‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٧٢‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﻱ ﻋﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺯﻧﮕﻲ‪ ,‬ﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻤﻲ‪ ,‬ﻧﻪ‪ .....‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫‪۳۴‬‬ ‫ﺧﺒﺮﻱ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪«.‬‬

‫ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ‪ ,‬ﺁﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺟﻮﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻳﮑﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻭﮐﺶ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫»ﻗﺎﻣﺘﻲ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻼﻝ ﺧﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ,‬ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫‪۳۵‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ »ﻣﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺭﻗﺖ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻭ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺖ‬‫ﻣﺼﻠﻮﺏ« ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻠﻮﺹ ﻧﻴّﺖ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﻢ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻫﻮﺷﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﻨﻢ‪ ,‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻬﻨ |ﻪ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺟﻨﺠﺎﻝ ﺑﭙﺎ ﮐﻨﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ‪ ,‬ﺣﺘّﻲ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺨﺼﻴّﺖ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﺑﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﺠﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ ,‬ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﻣﺰﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺤﺮ ﻭ‬

‫‪ ۳۴‬ﺍﻟﻦ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪.٢٧‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۵‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٢٨‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind72 72‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:43‬‬ ‫‪٧٣‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺟﺎﺩﻭﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻓﮑﺮ‬ ‫‪۳۶‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒ |ﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﻱ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ |ﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ‬ ‫ﺣﺲ ﮐﺮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ّ ,‬‬

‫»ﻟﺤﻦ ﻣﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﻌﮑﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﺶ ﻃﻼ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﺮ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴّﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲ ﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ »ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ« ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻡ‪» :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻓﮑﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺗﺠﻤﻞ ﮔﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺯﺭﻕ ﻭﺑﺮﻕ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻭﺩ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺠﻤﻠﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺘﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ؟ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺩ‪,‬‬‫ﺣﺪﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﻦ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺗﺠﻤﻼﺕ ّ‬ ‫‪۳۷‬‬ ‫ﭘﺴﻨﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒ |ﻪ ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﮎ ﮐﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﭘﻠﮏﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﻦ ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻡ‪» :‬ﺣﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬

‫‪ ۳۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪.۳۰‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .۳۱‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ‪Kate‬‬ ‫‪ Carew‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Luxury has a limit. Beyond that limit it is not commendable. There is such‬‬ ‫‪a thing as moderation. Men must be temperate in all things‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind73 73‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:43‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٧٤‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﻭﻡ؟« ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪ ٧‬ﺻﺒﺢ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺩﻡ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﺧﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻡ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ «.‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪» :‬ﺣﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﻭﻡ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪۳۸‬‬ ‫ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺷﮕﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﮐﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺗﺼ ّﻮﺭ ﮐﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻪﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ؟ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ‪ .....‬ﻫﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻡ ﻣﺸﮑﻮﮎ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻓﮑﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧ ّﻮﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﺨﻮﺑﻲ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ ۳۹«.‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﻓﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﮕﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﺟﺮﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺻﺪﺍﻗﺖ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫‪۴۰‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﻓﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﮎ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﻠ |ﻪ ﺍﻋﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﻳﺖ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻦ )‪ (Edith Wharton‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻠّﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻠﻮﻍ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺗﮑﺎﭘﻮﻱ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻣﺤﻠ |ﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺗﻦ‬

‫‪ ۳۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۳۲‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۹‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٣٣‬‬ ‫‪ ۴۰‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .۳٣‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻟﻦ ﻭﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ‪۲۳۶‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Remember, you press people are the servants of the public. You‬‬ ‫‪interpret our words and acts to them. With you is a great responsibility.‬‬ ‫‪Please remember and please treat us seriously‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind74 74‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:43‬‬ ‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬

‫)‪ (Manhattan‬ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ ,‬ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺮﮊﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﻔﻨﺎﮎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻳﻖﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎﻳﻲ‪ ,‬ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺠﺎﺭﺳﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ ,‬ﻟﻬﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍﺳﻠﻮﺍﮐﻲ‪ ,‬ﺑﻮﻫﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‪ ,‬ﺭﻭﺳﻲ‪ ,‬ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫َﻣﺠﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﺑﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺳﺨﺖﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﮑﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﮊﺍﮐﻮﺏ ﺭﻳﺲ )‪ (Zhakob Riis‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ »ﻓﻘﺮﺍ‪ ,‬ﻧﻴﻤ |ﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ« )‪ (How the other half lives‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﮑﺲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻓﻼﮐﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‪ ,‬ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ‪ ,‬ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺗﻲ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺛﺒﺖ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺳﻔﺒﺎﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ‬ ‫‪۴۱‬‬ ‫‪ ١٩٠٠‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻣﯽﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠١‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻲ‪,‬‬ ‫ﭘﻠﮑﺎﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪ ,‬ﺩﺳﺘﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﻣﺠ ّﺰﺍ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻻﺯﻡ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻴ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻤﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٩‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺴﮑﻮﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﮐﻠّﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺷﻴﻮﻉ ﻭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺼﺒﻪ‪ ,‬ﺗﻴﻔﻮﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺑﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﻏﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﺮﮒ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﺯﺍﺩﺍﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﻣﺘ ّﻮﻗﻒ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٩‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ‪ ٩٦‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺍﺟﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ۴۲.‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺖ ‪ ،TENEMENTS‬ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ۴۱‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪http://www.history.com/topics/tenements‬‬ ‫ﮏ ‪ ۲۰ ،TENEMENT LIFE‬ﻣﻲ ‪ ,، ۲۰۱۰‬ﺩ ّﻭﻡ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ۴۲‬ﻣﮕﻲ ﺑﻠﻨ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪http://maggieblanck.com/NewYork/life.htm‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind75 75‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:43‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٧٦‬‬

‫ﺻﺤﺖ‬ ‫»‪ ...‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮐﺜﺮﺕ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻗﻠﺒﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ّ‬ ‫‪۴۳‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺏ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺯﺍﻏﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺳﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻔﺖ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻃﺎﻕﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺯﺍﻏﻪ ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻼﺗﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ـ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺤ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﮐﺸﺘﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﮐﺰ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻕ ـ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺪﺗﺮﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﻬ ‪،‬ﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﮑﻮﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺁﭘﺎﺭﺗﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﮐﻠﻤ |ﻪ )‪ (tenement‬ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺯﺍﻏﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺸ |ﻪ ﮐﻠﻤ |ﻪ )‪ (ternere‬ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ‬ ‫»ﭼﭙﺎﻧﺪﻥ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ« ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻓﻘﺮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺟﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﮐﻠﻤ |ﻪ ﺁﭘﺎﺭﺗﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﮊ |ﻩ ﻻﺗﻴﻦ )‪ (partere‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ«ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ« ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﭘﺎﺭﺗﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﺄﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﺍﻏﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﺜﻴﻒ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻌﻔﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﺭﺧﺘﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﭘُﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻮﻱ ﺍﻏﺬﻳ |ﻪ ﺧﻮﺷﻤﺰ |ﻩ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻣﯽﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮﮎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻨﮏ ﻇﺮﻓﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺷﭙﺰﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺏ‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﻭﺍﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﺟﺎﻕ ﮔﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺯﻥ ﺑﻴﻮﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺭﻭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺳﺮﺍ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻃﺎﻗﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺵ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺳﮏ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮏ ﻣﻲﺧﺰﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﺧﻮﮎﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬

‫‪ ۴۳‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۳۲‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind76 76‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:43‬‬ ‫‪٧٧‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬

‫ﻼﺕ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﺐﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﮐﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﺍﻏﻪﻫﺎ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺷﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻃﺎﻕﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﺷﺐﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺮﮎ ﻭ ﺟﺎ ﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻼﺕ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﮐﺸﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﺍﻏﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﻼﺹ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﺁﭘﺎﺭﺗﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺷﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪,‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻻﻧﮓ ﺁﻳﻠﻨﺪ )‪ (Long Island‬ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮ ﻋﮑﺲ‬ ‫ﮐﻢ ﺷﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺯﺍﻏﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺯﺍﻏﻪ‬ ‫‪۴۴‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻷﺧﺮﻩ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻲﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻠ |ﻪ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭ ﻧﺴﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺟﺮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻲﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻠﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺸﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻲﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٨٧٩‬ﮐﺸﻴﺶ ﺁﻟﺒﺮﺕ ﺭﻭﻟﻴﻔﺴﻮﻥ )‪Albert‬‬ ‫‪ (Gleason Rullifson‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﻮﻧﺮ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﻠّﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺸﺖ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﮐﻤﮏ ﮐﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻋﺰﻳﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪۴۵‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻠّﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪,‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺱ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ‪ ,‬ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻓﺎﻫﻲ‪ ,‬ﺁﺷﭙﺰﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺠ ّﻬﺰ‪ ,‬ﭘﻨﺎﻫﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻲﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺴﺘ ّﻘﻞ‪ ,‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﻣﺪﺕﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺸﺮﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻠﺴﻄﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺑﻲﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺑﻀﺎﻋ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮐﻤﮑﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﻄﻒ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮏ ‪TENEMENT LIFE‬‬ ‫‪ ۴۴‬ﺑﻠﻨ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺖ ‪ ،OUR HISTORY IN BRIEF‬ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ‬ ‫‪ ۴۵‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪www.bowery.org/about-us/history/#1890 :‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind77 77‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:43‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٧٨‬‬

‫ﮎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,،‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﻧﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﺻﺪ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺑﻲﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻤﮑﺖ ﭘﺎﺭﮎﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﻮﭼﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻠّﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫‪۴۶‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﻮﻃ |ﻪ ﻏﺬﺍﺧﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﮑﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﻭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻴﺴﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫‪ ٢٥‬ﺳﻨﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﮑﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﺱ ﺑﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﻓﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻠﺰ‪ ,‬ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺪﻱ )‪ ,(Mr. Grunndy‬ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﻫﺎﭼﻴﻨﺴﻮﻥ )‪ (Hutchinson‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ‬ ‫ﮐﻼﺱﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻲﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺗﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫‪۴۷‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺣﺎﻻ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‪ ,‬ﮐﺴﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪۴۸‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﺎﻣﻴﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ »ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ« ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﮊﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺑﻴﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﻠّﻤﴼ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺑﻲ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺐ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄ |ﻪ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻋﺸﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﮎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ‬

‫‪ ۴۶‬ﺍﻟﻦ ﻭﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ‪٣٣‬‬ ‫‪ ۴۷‬ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮ ‪،‬ﻥ ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .٤‬ﺍﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ »ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ« ﺭﺍ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ۴۸‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ,(١٩٨٢‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٣٢‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind78 78‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:43‬‬ ٧٩ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬

,‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ‬,، ‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‬,‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻏﻨﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬,‫ﻗﻮﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ .‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ »ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ‬ ‫ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ‬۵۰.‫ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻏﻨﻴﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‬۴۹«‫ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳّﺎﻣﻲ ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺗﺮﮎ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬۵۱‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻨﺎﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‬۵۲.‫ﻭ ﮐﺎﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬ .‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﮕﺰﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬، ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﺸ‬.۳۲ ‫ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ‬,‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬.۴۹ :‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‬Promulgation of Universal Peace You must be thankful to God that you are poor, for Jesus Christ has said, Blessed are the poor ‫ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴـﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ‬، ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠــﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘــﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﺳــﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﺸــ‬.۳۳‫ـ‬۳۲ ‫ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ‬,‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬۵۰ :‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‬Promulgation of Universal Peace ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ Therefore, you must be thankful to God that although in this world you” are indigent, yet the treasures of God are within your reach, and although in the material realm you are poor, yet in the Kingdom of God you are precious. Jesus Himself was poor. He did not belong to the rich ‫ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬، ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﺸ‬.٣٣ ‫ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ‬,‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬۵۱ :‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‬Promulgation of Universal Peace Therefore, you are the disciples of Jesus Christ, you are His comrades,for He outwardly was poor, not rich. Even this earth’s happiness does not depend upon wealth ‫ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬، ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﺸ‬.۳۳ ‫ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ‬,‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬۵۲ :‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‬Promulgation of Universal Peace Our hope is in the mercy of God, and there is no doubt that the divine compassion is bestowed upon the poor. Jesus Christ said so; Bahá’u’lláh said so. While Bahá’u’lláh was in Baghdád, still in possession of great wealth, He left all He had and went alone from the city, living two years among the poor. They were His comrades ‫ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬، ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﺸ‬.۳۴ ‫ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ‬,‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬۵۳ :‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‬Promulgation of Universal Peace Therefore, we will thank God that we have been so blessed with real riches ‫ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬، ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﺸ‬.٣٤ ‫ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ‬,‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬۵۴ :‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‬Promulgation of Universal Peace

Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind79 79 17.05.2014 16:08:43 ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٨٠‬‬

‫ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻟﭙﺮﺳﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺳﮑ |ﻪ ‪ ٢٥‬ﺳﻨﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍ ‪،‬ﺩ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻥ ﮔﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﴽ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﺎﺝﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺳﮑ |ﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﭘﻮﻝ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ‬ ‫‪۵۵‬‬ ‫ﺗﺨﺖ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﺑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺻﻒ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻭﺟﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻄﺮﻭﺩ ﻭﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﻄﻌ |ﻪ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻲ ﻧﻘﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﻄﻒ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﮐﺖ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪۵۶ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﻳﮑﺎﺗﻮﺭﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻠﺴﻪﺍﻱ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﻣﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩﻡ ﺧﺴﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺣﺮﮐﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻴﺰ‬ ‫‪۵۷‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻗﺎﻧﻊ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﺧﻠﻮﺹ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﻱ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﻫﺎﻧﻴﻨﮕﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﮑﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺑﺶ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ »ﮐﻠﻪ ﺷﻖ« ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﻓﻼﺕ ﺑﻮﺵ )‪ (Flatbush‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻭﮐﻠﻴﻦ )‪ (Brooklyn‬ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻫﺎﻧﻴﻨﮕﻦ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭘﻮﻝ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﭘﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﺎ ﻓﻼﺕ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﻤﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺐ ﺭﻓﻴﻘﺶ‪ ,‬ﺟﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺎﻗﺶ ﻣﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ‬

‫‪I ask you to accept ‘Abdu’l-Bahá as your servant‬‬ ‫‪ ۵۵‬ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬ ‫‪ ۵۶‬ﺍﻟﻦ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٣٥،‬‬ ‫‪ ۵۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۳۴‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind80 80‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:44‬‬ ‫‪٨١‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺁﻟﻮﺩ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺎﻧﻴﻨﮕﻦ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﺍﺩ‪» :‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‬ ‫‪۵۸‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﷲ ﺧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫)ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ( ﺑﻪ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﭼﺮﺍﻍﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‪,‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﭘﺪﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮑﻲ‬ ‫ﺣﺒﺲ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻴﺠﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻻﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪﺍﻱ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺗﺼ ّﻮﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮑﻨﻲ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﮎ ﮐﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻋﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺒﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺳﻮﺕ ﺗﻌﻠّﻖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؟«‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﴼ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻲ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﴼ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺴﭙﺎﺭﻱ؟«‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﻌﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﻡ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻪ ﺩﻝ ﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻌﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﺍﺩ‪» :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﺐ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺳﻢ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻪ ﺑﮑﻨﻢ؟«‬ ‫‪۵۹‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻳﺖ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻱ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺷﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬

‫‪ ۵۸‬ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪۴‬‬ ‫‪ ۵۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind81 81‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:44‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٨٢‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺻﺮﻑ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺸﻘﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺭﻳﺨﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻨﺎﻣ |ﻪ »ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﺼﻠﻮﺏ« ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻣﺼﻠﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﺭ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺳﻘﻔﻲ ِﮔﺮﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺒﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﺘﺤ ّﻤﻞ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﻠﻮﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻭﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﮐﺖ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺸﻘﺎﺏ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪۶۰‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪» :‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺭ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺷﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﮑﻲ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﻳﺴﻴﻦ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﮑﺎﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒ ً‬ ‫ﺳﮑﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻲﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﮑﺎﺭ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﮑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻣﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻧﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﮑﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺳﮑﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺠﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻪ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﮑﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻋﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬‫ﺧﺪﻣﺘﮑﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺁﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﻳﺨﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻋﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺮﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﭘﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﭘﺴﻨﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ‬ ‫‪۶۱‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﮐﺴﻲ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺯﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﮑﺎﺭ‬

‫‪ ۶۰‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬ ‫‪ ۶۱‬ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮ ‪،‬ﻥ ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .٤‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Assuredly, give to the poor. If you give them only words, when they‬‬ ‫‪put their hands into their pockets after you have gone, they will find‬‬ ‫‪themselves none the richer for you‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind82 82‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:44‬‬ ‫‪٨٣‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺷﮏ ﺩﺭ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻧﺶ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪,‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﺁﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﺣﺎﻓﻈﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻡ‪ «.‬ﻓﺮﺩﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﺎﺯﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» .‬ﻭ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻄﻒ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﺪ‪ّ ,‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﮑﺮ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗ ّﻮﻗﻊ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﻄﻔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﮐﻨ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫‪۶۲‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻋﺎ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﮓ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫‪ ۶۲‬ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮ ‪،‬ﻥ ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .٤‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ )ﺹ ‪ (۳۸‬ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﭘﻮﻝ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺮﺍ‪،‬ﻱ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻤﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻫﻢ ﺍﮐﺮﺍﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind83 83‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:44‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬

‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼﻪ| ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۱۴‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻧﺴﻮﺯﻱ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﮕﻴﺮ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ۸۵۲۹۰۰۰‬ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ۲۱۱۹۰۰۰۰ ,،‬ﻧﻔﺮ ﻣﺠﺮﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ۷۷۵۱۰۰۰‬ﻧﻔﺮ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪ ۱.‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻗﺤﻄﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ‪ ,‬ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺍﺭﻣﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ۶۸۰۰۰۰۰‬ﻧﻔﺮ ﺟﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﮐﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺷﻴﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﻼﮎ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﻱ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺟﻨﮓ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﮐﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺴﻞ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﮐﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﻨﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻧﻮﻳﺪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫‪ ۱‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑ ‪،‬ﺎ ‪ ٣ ٠ .، WW I Causalities and Death Tables..‬ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪http://www.pbs.org/greatwar/resources/casedeath_pop.html‬‬ ‫‪ ۲‬ﻣﺎﻳﮑﻞ ﮐﻼﺩﻓﻠﺘﺮ‪WARFARE AND ARMED CONFLICTS- A STATISTICAL،‬‬ ‫‪ .REFERENCE : CASUALTY AND OTHER FIGURES , 1500–2000‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﮐﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﮔﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ‪ ,،۱۵۰۰-۲۰۰۰‬ﭼﺎﭖ ﺩ ّﻭ ‪،‬ﻡ )ﺟﻔﺮﺳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺭﻭﻟﻴﻨﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﺷﺮ & ‪McFarland‬‬ ‫‪(٢٠٠٢ .، Company‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind84 84‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:44‬‬ ‫‪٨٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬

‫ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﻔﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻨﮕﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺮﺏ ﻭ ﮐﺸﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻣﺠ ّﻬﺰﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻬ ّﻤﺎﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺩ ّﻭﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﭙﺮﺱ )‪ (Ypres‬ﺩﺭ ‪ ۲۲‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۱۵‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺯﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺰ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻮﻱ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻂ ّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﻠ |ﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻧﻲﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺱ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺯﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺍﺑﺮ ﮐﻤﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﺒﻬ |ﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻮﻱﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻮﻱ ّ‬ ‫ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺮ ﮔﺎﺯ ﮐﻠﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺸﺎﻕ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻠﺞ‬ ‫‪۳‬‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻮﻱﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ ﮔﺎﺯ ﮐﻠﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺎﺯ ﮐﻠﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻔﺲ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺳﺮﻓﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﺴﻔﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻔﺲ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻡ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺳﺮﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺳﭙﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﮔﺎﺯ ﺧﺮﺩﻝ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻡ‬ ‫‪۴‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻨﮓ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﭼﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻘﻼﻱ ﺧﺸﻮﻧﺖﺁﻣﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻠﻮ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻞ ﻭ ﻻﻱ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻴﺲ ﻭ ِﮔﻞ ﺁﻟﻮﺩ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺎﻧﻘﺎﺭﻳﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﭘﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﺷﺐﻫﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻨﺪﻕﻫﺎ ﺟﻮﻻﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻮﺵﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ‬

‫ﻲ ‪ ٢٢ ،Weapons of War_ Poison Gas‬ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ ١ ٠، ,٢٠٠٩‬ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ‬‫‪ ۳‬ﻣﺎﻳﮑﻞ ﺩﺍﻓ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪http://www.firstworldwar.com/weaponry/Gas.htm‬‬ ‫ﻲ ‪WEAPONS OF WAR_ POISON Gas‬‬ ‫‪ ۴‬ﻣﺎﻳﮑﻞ ﺩﺍﻓ ‪،‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind85 85‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:44‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮ ﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٨٦‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺩﻭﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻻﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺟﻮﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪ ...‬ﺷﭙﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺒﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ »ﺗﺐ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﮕﺮ« )‪ (trench fever‬ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﺝ ﺧﻼﺻﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﭙﺶﻫﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻩ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ...‬ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ّﺣﺲ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ »ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﺲ ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ« ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻔﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻠﻴﮏ ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﺘﺨﺎﺻﻢ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ...‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﺳﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﻨﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻲﮐﺸﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻃﺮﻑ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺳﻲ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻔﺎ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺧﺎﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ‬ ‫‪۵‬‬ ‫ﺍﺻﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ‪...‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺳﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ »ﺷﻮﮎ‬ ‫ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪ« )‪ (shell shock‬ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺱ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺸﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﻴﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻧﻴﺰﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺯﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺗﻴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺼﺒﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺎﻗﻮ ﺷﮑﻢ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺩ ﺷﮑﻢ ﺭﻧﺞ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻬﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺰﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﻣﺒﺘﻼ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪۶‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻨﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻼﺷﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ,‬ﮐﺎﺑﻮﺱﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ‪ ,‬ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻲﺳﺮﭘﺮﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺑﻲﺧﻮﺍﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺍﺷﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ‬

‫ﻲ ‪ ٢٢ ،Life in the Trenches‬ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ ١ ٠ ,٢٠٠٩‬ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ‬ ‫‪ ۵‬ﻣﺎﻳﮑﻞ ﺩﺍﻓ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪http://www.firstworldwar.com/features/trenchlife.htm .‬‬ ‫‪ ۶‬ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺴﻮﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﺑﻮﺭﮐﻪ‪ ١ ٠، ,SHELL SHOCK DURING WORLD WAR ONE،‬ﻣﺎﺭﭺ ‪١١ ,،‬‬ ‫ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪http://bbc.co.uk/history/worldwars/wwone/shellshock_01.shtml‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind86 86‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:44‬‬ ‫‪٨٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬

‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻠّﺖ »ﺷﻮﮎ ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪ« ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻋﻠّﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﻋﺼﺒﻲ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ؟ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺧﻤﭙﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﴼ ﺩﺭ ﭼﺸﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﻧﮕﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻓﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﻢ ﺳﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ؟‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻠﻔﺮﺩ ﺁﻭﻥ )‪(Wilfred Owen‬ﻳﮏ ﭘﺴﺮ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺧﺠﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺷﻌﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﮐﺎﻏﺬ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ »ﻧﮕﻬﺒﺎﻥ«ﺧﺎﻃﺮ |ﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻨﮕﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁ ‪،‬ﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻳﮏ ﻧﮕﻬﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﺮﻭﺡ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺣﺸﺖ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻢ ﭼﭙﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﻓ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﻱ ﻧﻔﺲﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻣﺶ ﺭﺳﻴ ‪،‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﮔﺎﻡﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻠّﻪﻫﺎ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺁﻣ ‪،‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻟﺠﻨﺰﺍ ‪،‬ﺭ ﺟﺴﺪ ﻧﮕﻬﺒﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ‬ ‫ﮔﺎﻡﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ِﮔﻞ ﻭ ﺳﺮﮔﻴ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺳﻠﺤﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻤﺐﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ُﮐﭙﻪﻫﺎﻱ ِﮔﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ِﮔﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ِﮔﻞ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﻴﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﺴﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻞ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﻟﻪﺍﺵ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺁﻩ ﭼﺸﻢﻫﺎﻳﻢ! ﻧﻤﻲﺑﻴﻨ ‪،‬ﻢ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﻴﻨ ‪،‬ﻢ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﻌﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻠﮑﺎﻧﺶ ﮐﺸﻴﺪ ‪،‬ﻡ‬ ‫ﻭ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻡ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ؟‬ ‫ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﮐﻮﺭ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺶ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻣﻲﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind87 87‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:44‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮ ﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٨٨‬‬

‫ﺯﺍﺭﻱﮐﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻗﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺯﺩﻩ ﮔﻔﺖ »ﻧ ‪،‬ﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻢ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎﻱ ﺭﺅﻳﺎﻫﺎﻳﻢ ﻫﺴﺘ ‪،‬ﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺭﻓﺘ ‪،‬ﻢ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻡ ﺗﺎﺗﺨﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪۷‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻬﻤ |ﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻘﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﻓﺘﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻠﻔﺮﺩ ﺁﻭﻥ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ »ﺷﻮﮎ ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪ« ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺍﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺴﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﮐﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺧﺠﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻗﻠﺒﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩١٨‬ﺯﻧﮓ ﺩ ِﺭ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﻭﻳﻠﻔﺮﺩ ﺁﻭﻥ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻭﺯﺑﺮﻱ )‪ (Shrewsbury‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻠﻔﺮﺩ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺒﺮ ﮐﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﭘﺴﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﮓ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺟﺴﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒ ‪،‬ﺮ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻳﮏ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺟﻨ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪۸‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻠﻔﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﻮ ﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﺢ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺪﺭﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺤﻨﻲ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻭ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺢﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻧﺬﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺘﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻭﻃﻦ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻭﻋﺪ |ﻩ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ,‬ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻔﺲ ﮔﺎﺯ َﺧﺮﺩﻝ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﺮ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺳﭙﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﻤﻠ |ﻪ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﻭﺣﺸﺖ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻓﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺣﺸﺖ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤ |ﻪ ﺷﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ‬

‫ﺖ ‪ ٢٠ ,٢٠٠٦ WILFRED OWEN , THE SENTRY‬ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫‪ ۷‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪http://www.englishverses.com/poems/thesentry‬‬ ‫ﻦ ‪ ٢٠ ,۱۹۰۹ ،WILFRED OWEN‬ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬‫‪ ۸‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﮐﺴ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪http://wwwwarpoetry.co.uk/owena.htm‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind88 88‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:44‬‬ ‫‪٨٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬

‫ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺣﺮﮐﺎﺕ ﻋﺠﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺷﻮﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻥﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﻭ ‪ ,،‬ﺗﺮﮎ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻭﺍﺭﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺐ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍ ‪،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺖ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪ |ﻩ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻧﻲ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﺑﻠﻴﻂ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﺵ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺣﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﮑﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫»‪ ...‬ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻢ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﭼﻪ ﺷﺐﻫﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﭼﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺘﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸ ّﻘﺖ ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﻻﺩ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﺏ ﭘﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻪ ﻭﺣﺸﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻪ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻟﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪۹‬‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﺑﻐﺾ ﻭ ﻋﺪﺍﻭﺕ‪«...‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺖ ﺍﺯﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻭﺳﻴﻊﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﭼﻮﺏ ﻫﻤﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻩ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺗﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻧﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﺁﺷﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻧﺘﮑﻠﺮ )‪(Montclair‬‬

‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ۹‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻲ ‪ (١٩٨٢‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١١٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋ ‪،‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind89 89‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:45‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮ ﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٩٠‬‬

‫ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»‪...‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼ ّﻮﺭ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﻁ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﻁ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﻁ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼ ّﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺁﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻴّﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ,‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻴّﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼ ّﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﮐﻠﻴ |ﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺁﺗﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺳﻄ |ﻪ ﻓﻴﺾ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺪ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺿﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻴﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ّ‬ ‫‪۱۰‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪«...‬‬ ‫»‪...‬ﻭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﻳﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺪ ّﺩﻩ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺲ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ...‬ﻧﻮ ِﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻋﺎﺷﻖ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺗﻘﻴّﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺗﻘﻴّﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻳﻨﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻳﻨﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ |ﻩ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨ |ﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫‪۱۱‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺍﻧﺪ‪«...‬‬ ‫»‪...‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﻥ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪...‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺷﻤﺲ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺑﺮ ﮐﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪﻩ‪ ...‬ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺪﺍﻭﺕﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻧﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻇﻞ ﺧﻴﻤ |ﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺘﺎﺑﺪ‪,‬ﮐﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﮔﺮﺩﻳ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫‪۱۲‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳ |ﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﮐﺒ ‪،‬ﺮ ﻣﺄﻭﻱ ﺟﻮﺋﻴﻢ‪«...‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﻳﺎﺩﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﻠﻴﺴ ‪،‬ﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪۱۰‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١١٤‬‬ ‫‪۱۱‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١١٥‬‬ ‫‪۱۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١١٥-١١٦‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind90 90‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:45‬‬ ‫‪٩١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬

‫»ﻫﻮﺍﷲ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﺎ‪ ,‬ﺷﮑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺻﺤﺮﺍ ﭘﻴﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﺸﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻧﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻳﻢ‪ ,‬ﺣﺘّﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨـﺪ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﺎ ﻧﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺗﻮ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪﺍ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﺠﺬﺏ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﮐﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨــﺎﻩ‬ ‫‪۱۳‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﻔــﻮﻅ ﻭ ﻣﺼﻮﻥ ﺑﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﻓﺮﻣـﺎ‪ .‬ﻉ ﻉ«‬

‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑ |ﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺪﻳﺴﺖ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ‪ ۱۰٤‬ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺻﻠﺢ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻡ ﺗﺎﻓﺖ )‪(William Taft‬‬ ‫)‪ (۱۹۰۹-۱۹۱۳‬ﺭﺍ ﭼﺎﭖ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺗﺎﻓﺖ ـ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ ﺷﺪ ـ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺣﮑﻤﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ ۱۴.‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺯﻳﺪﻧﺖ ﺗﺎﻓﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻣﺠﻤﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺼ ّﻮﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺧﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﴼ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»‪...‬ﻭ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫‪۱۵‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺰﺍﻉﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪ‪«...‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬

‫ﻲ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ‬ ‫»‪...‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺟﻨﺴﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﻣ ‪،‬‬

‫‪۱۳‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۸۲ ،‬‬ ‫ﺱ ﻧﺸﺮ‬‫‪۱۴‬ﭘﺎﺋﺎﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻧﺮﻳﮑﻮ ﮐﻮﻟﻴﺘ ‪،‬ﺎ ‪) ،PRESIDENCY OF WILLIAM HOWARD TAFT‬ﮐﺎﻧﺰﺍ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺎﻧﺰﺍﺱ ‪ (١٩٧٣‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٩‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۵‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪١١٧-١١٨ (١٩٨٢‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind91 91‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:45‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮ ﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٩٢‬‬

‫ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﮐﻞ ﻳﮏ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺳﻼﻟ |ﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺲ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ‬‫ﮐﺮ |ﻩ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪۱۶‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺣﺮﺏ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﮎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪«...‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻭ ّ‬

‫»]ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ[ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺷﺘﻲ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺒﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻞ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻋ ّﺰﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«...‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﺸ |ﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺑﻮﺭﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﴼ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺸ |ﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬‬

‫»‪...‬ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﮐﻞ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺯﻕ ﮐﻞ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ...‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺗّﺒﺎﻉ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻲ‬ ‫‪۱۷‬‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﮐﻨﺪ؟«‬

‫ﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﺳﺘﻮﺭ)‪ (Astor Hotel‬ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﻭ ﺳﻼﻃﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﺻﻼﺡ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﮐﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩ |ﻩ‬ ‫‪۱۸‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻻﺯﻣ |ﻪ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪۱۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١١٨‬‬ ‫‪۱۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .۱۲۵‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪From the prison of ‘Akká He (Bahá’u’lláh) addressed the kings and‬‬ ‫‪rulers of the earth in lengthy letters, summoning them to international‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind92 92‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:45‬‬ ‫‪٩٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬

‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻣ ّﻌﺮﻑ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗّﻒ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺡ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺯﺣﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ‬ ‫‪۱۹‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺻﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ )‪New York Peace‬‬ ‫‪ (Society‬ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻈﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻌﮑﺲ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﮑﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻭﺍﻳﺰ )‪ ,(Dr. Wise‬ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﺧﺎﺧﺎﻡ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ ,‬ﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺣﻴ |ﻪ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺣﻴ |ﻪ ﺍﺧ ّﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ۲۱.‬ﺁﻧﺎ‬‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ۲۰‬ﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺍﺻ ً‬ ‫ﺍﺳﭙﻨﺴﺮ )‪ ,(Ana Spencer‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻴﻮ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻗﻮﺍﻱ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴّﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻱ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﻭﺿﻊ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻠّﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻧﺮﻳﺰﻱﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻄﺶ ﺗﺴﻠّﻂ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﭘﺮﺳﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪agreement and explicitly stating that the standard of the Most Great‬‬ ‫‪Peace would surely be upraised in the world… This has come to pass.‬‬ ‫‪The powers of earth cannot withstand the privileges and bestowals‬‬ ‫‪which God has ordained for this great and glorious century… Man can‬‬ ‫‪withstand anything except that which is divinely intended and indicated‬‬ ‫…‪for the age and its requirements‬‬ ‫‪ .۱۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .۱۲۵‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Now—praise be to God!—in all countries of the world, lovers of peace‬‬ ‫‪are to be found, and these principles are being spread among mankind,‬‬ ‫‪especially in this country‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۰‬ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘ ‪،‬ﺮ ﻣﺠﻠّﺪ ‪ ، ٣‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ١١‬ﻭ ‪۸‬‬ ‫‪۲۱‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪١١‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind93 93‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:45‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮ ﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٩٤‬‬

‫»ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺜﺎﺕ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲ ‪,،‬‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻴﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻣﮑﺘﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫‪۲۲‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧ ّﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ‪«.‬‬

‫ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺴﻮﺭ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻡ ﺟﮑﺴﻮﻥ )‪ ,(William Jackson‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻠﻤﺒﻴﺎ‪ ,‬ﻳﮑﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﻋﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺁﺷﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ ۲۳.‬ﻭ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻃﻠﺒﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﭘﺮﺍﮐﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪۲۴‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻏﺮﺑﻲﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻗﻲﻫﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺪﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﻓﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻗﺪﻣﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۸۱۵‬ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻧﺪﺭﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﻧﮕﻲ )‪(Andrew Carnegi‬‬ ‫‪۲۵‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﺎﻫﻴّﺘﻲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻮﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻣﺤﮑﻤ |ﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﮑﻤ |ﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﭘﺮﺯﻳﺪﻧﺖ ﺗﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻭﻱ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺤﮑﻤ |ﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻗﻄﻌﻨﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﮐﻨﮕﺮﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫‪۲۶‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ۲۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪١٢-١٣ ,‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۳‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪١٣ ,‬‬ ‫‪۲۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪١٣ ,‬‬ ‫ﺖ ‪ ١٣ ,،NEW YORK PEACE RECORDS‬ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫‪ ۲۵‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪http://www.gale.cengage.com/servlet/ItemDetailServlet?regi .‬‬ ‫‪cid=D۳۵۷۵&۴=type&titleCode=SR۶۳۲&۰۰۰=imprint&۹=on‬‬ ‫‪ ،ADVOCATE FOR PEACE ۲۶‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,،١‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ، ۲۲ ,٥‬ﻣﻲ ‪، ، ,١٩١٠‬ﻧﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind94 94‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:45‬‬ ‫‪٩٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ »ﺩﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ«‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺆﻟّﻒ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ »ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲ« ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﻻﻫﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۷‬ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻻﻫﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺸﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻬﻢﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻤﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑ ‪،‬ﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻋﺎﺯﻡ ﻟﻴﮏ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﺤﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺗﻮ ّﺳﻂ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮ ﭘﺎﻟﺘﺰ )‪ (New Paltz‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺮ ﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺍﺳﺒﻪ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮ ّﺳﻂ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﻋﺎﺯﻡ ﻣﺤﻞ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻟﺬﺕ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻲ‪،‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﮐﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ّ‬ ‫»ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﻭ ﮐﻮﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩ ّﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺷﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﻭ ﺟﻨﮕﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺒﺰ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻡ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﺩﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻭﺍﺯ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﺍ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺳﺮﻭﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﻪ ‪ ۷‬ﻣﺎﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻔﺮﻩ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺳﻔﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫‪۲۷‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻣﺤﻠّﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ‬

‫‪ ۲۷‬ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﮔﻨﺲ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻮ ‪،‬ﻥ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ‪ ,،١٩١٢‬ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺁﮔﻨﺲ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻮﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ ‪) ،ABDU’L BAHA IN AMERICA‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳ ‪،‬ﺰ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪(٢٠١٢‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind95 95‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:45‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮ ﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٩٦‬‬

‫ﻧﺎﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻟﺒﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺳﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ )‪ (Albert and Alfred Smiley‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪ ۱۸۶۹‬ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ۲۸.‬ﺁﻟﺒﺮﺕ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ ﭘﻮﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻟﺒﺮﺕ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻣﺰﺭﻋﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺷ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﮐﻤﮏ ﮐﺮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺳﻌﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻳﻲ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻍ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﮐﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ۲۹.‬ﻫﺘﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ‪ ۹‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭﮔﻠﭽﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺒﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ ـ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﻗﻠﻌﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﮐﻠﺒﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩ |ﻩ ﻳﻴﻼﻗﻲ ـ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﭙّﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﻨﮕﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻍﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ۳۰.‬ﻧﻴﺖ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻗﻮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ‬‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻠﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺳﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ |ﻩ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻘﻴﺪ |ﻩ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﺄﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﻓﺮﻗ |ﻪ ﮐﻮﺍﮐﺮ )‪ (Quaker‬ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮐﻮﺍﮐﺮﻳﺴﻢ ﻓﺮﻗﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺳﻂ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﭘﺎ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻗﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ۳۱.‬ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﻗ |ﻪ ﮐﻮﺍﮐﺮ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄ |ﻪ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ »ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ« ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺠﻠﻲ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭ‬

‫‪ ۲۸‬ﺷﭙﻬﺮ ‪،‬ﺩ ‪MOHONK MOUNTAIN HOUS‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۹‬ﮊﺍﻧﺖ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺷﻮ ‪،‬ﻥ ‪WHO WILL BELL THE CAT? ABDU’L BAHA AT LAKE‬‬ ‫‪) ،MOHANK‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ(‬ ‫‪ ۳۰‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬ ‫‪ ۳۱‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪ ‪،‬ﻩ ‪ ، ,، WHAT DO QUAKERS BELIEVE‬ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪http://www.quakerinfo.org/quakerism/beliefs‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind96 96‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:45‬‬ ‫‪٩٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﺩﻩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۷۷۶‬ﻫﺮ ﻋﻀﻮﻱ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﮑﺮﺩ ﺑﺮﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻃﺮﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ۳۲.‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥﻫﺎ‪ ۳۳,‬ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﺍﻥ‪,‬‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺳﺮﺧﭙﻮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﻘﺮﺯﺩﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺭﺑﻪ ﺗﻼﺵ‬ ‫‪۳۴‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺻﻠﺢ )‪ ,(International Peace Society‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ)‪Society for the Promotion of‬‬ ‫‪ (Permanent Peace‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ )‪(London Peace Society‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۸۱۶‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﻟﺒﺮﺕ ﺳﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪ ,،‬ﻳﮏ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻫﻢ‬ ‫‪۳۵‬‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۸۹۵‬ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﻢﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻔﮑﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ »ﺧﻠﻖ ﻭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻣﺤﮑﻤ |ﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﮑﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ«‪ ۳۶‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻣ ّﻮﻓﻖ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ـ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺯﻳﺪﻧﺖ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻡ ﺗﺎﻓﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺭﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﻧﮕﻲ‬ ‫ـ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺳﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ »ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺻﻠﺢ ﮐﺎﺭﻧﮕﻲ« ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺷﮑﻞ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻻﻫﻪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫‪ ۳۲‬ﺳﻮﮎ ﻫﻮﻥ ﻫﺎ ‪،‬ﻡ ‪ ،FRIENDS‬ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ ‪ ,،‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,،٢٦‬ﭼﺎﭖ ‪ ) ١٥‬ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺷﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﮑﺎ ‪٢٥٥ (١٩٨٥‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۳‬ﺳﻮﮎ ﻫﻮﻥ ﻫﺎﻡ ‪MALSSUM/QUAKERSAMPAEKNYON [THE MESSAGES ،‬‬ ‫‪) ،YEARS]: THE HITORY OF QUAKERS ۳۰۰ AND FRIENDS FOR‬ﺳﺌﻮﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﻟﮑﻴﻨﺴﺎ‬ ‫‪٢٧٥ (١٩٨٨‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۴‬ﺳﻮﮎ ﻫﻮﻥ ﻫﺎ ‪،‬ﻡ ‪MASSLUM/QUAKERSAMPAEKNYON‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۵‬ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ‪ ٢٨ ، INTERNATIONAL PEACE RCORDS،‬ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪http://www.swarthmore.edu/library/peace/CDGB/intpeacesociety.htm‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۶‬ﺭﻭﺡ ﺷﻮﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind97 97‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:45‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮ ﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪٩٨‬‬ ‫‪۳۷‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ |ﻩ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺕﻫﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺳﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺴﻦ ﺭﻳﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ‪ ۲۵‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ‪ ۱۹۱۱‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻟﺒﺮﺕ ﺳﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺘﻲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻃﻠﺐ«‪ ۳۸‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﭙﺮﺍﻧﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ« ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ »ﻫﺪﻑ ﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺑﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺪﻧﻴﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻬﺪ‪ ۳۹.‬ﻫﻢ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺷﻴﻨﮕﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘ |ﻪ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ‬

‫‪ ۳۷‬ﺷﭙﻬﺮ ‪،‬ﺩ ‪MOHONK MOUNTAIN HOUSE‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۸‬ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﭼﺎﺭﻟﺰ ﻣﻴﺴﻦ ﺭﻳﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻟﺒﺮﺕ ﺳﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ‪ ۲۵ ,،‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ‪ ,،١٩١١‬ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻟﻴﮏ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ‪ :١٨٩٥-١٩٣٧‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻟﺞ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﺗﻤﻮ ‪،‬ﺭ ﭘﻨﺴﻴﻠﻮﻧﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind98 98‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:45‬‬ ‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬

‫ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۱۱‬ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﮑﺮﺩ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﻌﮑﺲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ‪ ۴۰‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﺒﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ‪ ۴۱‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻢﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻬﻀﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻠﺢﺟﻮﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺛﺮﻭﺗﻤﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﻘﺎﻕ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻗّﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﭘﺮ ﺷﮑﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺟﻼﻝ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪۴۲‬‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄ |ﻪ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ )‪ (Persian American Educational Society‬ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ‪ ,‬ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ۴۳.‬ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪ ۱۹۱۱‬ﺩﻭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺳﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪» :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻟﻴﮏ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ‬‫ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻴﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺘ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪۴۴‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻼﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪ ۴۰‬ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻘﻠﻲ ﺧﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ‪ ٢٤ ,،THE CONDITIONS OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ‪،١٩١١‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻟﺞ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﺗﻤﻮﺭ‬ ‫‪ ۴۱‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬ ‫‪ ۴۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬ ‫‪» ۴۳‬ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ« ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻟﺞ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﺗﻤﻮﺭ‬ ‫‪ ۴۴‬ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﻓﻠﻴﭙﺲ ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒ ‪،‬ﺮ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻟﺞ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﺭﺗﻤﻮﺭ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind99 99‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:45‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮ ﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬

‫ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ‬ ‫‪۴۵‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺭﺍ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ »ﺭﺅﺳﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫‪۴۷‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻌﻲ«‪ ۴۶‬ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ۴۸.‬ﺍﻭ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﺒﺮ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻼﻣﻴﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴ ‪،‬ﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﺭﻫﺒﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻧﻬﻀﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ« ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﻣﺪﺍﻓﻊ ﺻﻠﺢ« ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﻧﻬﻀﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻨﺒﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ّ‬

‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﮏ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ‪ ,،‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ۴۵‬ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﻓﻠﻴﭙ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٢‬ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ .١٩١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﻣ ّﻮﺭﺥ ‪ ٢٨‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ١٩١١‬ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﻓﻠﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺳﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺷﺎﻣﺨﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﺭﮎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻘﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻤﺎﺭﺩ‪ «.‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻟﺞ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﺗﻤﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ١٧‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ‪ .،١٩١١‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻟﺞ‬ ‫‪ ۴۶‬ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻘﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﭺ‪ .‬ﺳﻲ ﻓﻠﭙ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﺭﺗﻤﻮﺭ‬ ‫‪ ۴۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‬ ‫‪ ۴۸‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ١٩١١‬ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﻓﻠﭙﺲ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻳﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻋﺎﺯﻡ ﭘﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺳﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﮏ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮓ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﻓﻠﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺦ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻗﻤﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺳ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﻓﻠﭙﺲ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﻓﻄﻌﻪ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪) .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﮐﺎﻟﺞ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﺭﺗﻤﻮﺭ ‪Swarthmore College Peace Collection‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind100 100‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:45‬‬ ‫‪١٠١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬

‫ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻼﺵ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ« ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ۴۹.‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻣﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‬ ‫‪۵۰‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ »ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ« ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﭙﺲ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻣﺸﻐﻠ |ﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺕ‬ ‫‪۵۱‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ »ﺳ ّﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻻﻫﻪ« ـ ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﮑﻤ |ﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﮑﻤ |ﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ـ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻻﻫﻪ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﮑﻤ |ﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﻓﻠﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﮑﻤﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻀﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺯﻳﺪﻧﺖ ﺗﺎﻓﺖ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻭﻗﺖ‬ ‫‪۵۲‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻱ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ۵۳.‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪۵۴‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﻥ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳّﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻴﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪ ۴۹‬ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑ ‪،‬ﺎ ‪AN ADVANCED STATEMENT CONCERNING‬‬ ‫‪ ،ABDUL BAHA’S APPROACHING VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻟﺞ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﺗﻤﻮﺭ‬ ‫‪ ۵۰‬ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﭺ ﺳﻲ ﻓﻠﻴﭙﺲ ‪ ٤ ,،‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ‪ ,‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻟﺞ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﺭﺗﻤﻮﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺲ ‪ ١٣‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ‪١٩١١‬‬ ‫‪ ۵۱‬ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻘﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﭺ‪ .‬ﺳﻲ ﻓﻠﭙ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺍﻳﺴﮑ ‪،‬ﻪ ‪WILLIAM HOWARD TAFT, AN INTIMATE,‬‬ ‫‪ ۵۲‬ﺁﻧﺪﺭﺳ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪٢٧٦ ,(١٩٨١ W‬‬ ‫ﮎ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪، W Norton & Co‬‬ ‫‪) PORTRAIT‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ۵۳‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ‪ ،‬ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻟﻴﮏ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ‪ ,،‬ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ ‪ ١٥-١٧‬ﻣﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻲ ‪١٩١٢‬‬ ‫ﻣ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ۵۴‬ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ‪EARLY EXPANSION‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind101 101‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:46‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮ ﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٠٢‬‬ ‫‪۵۵‬‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»‪...‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﭽﻮ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻱ‪ ,‬ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲ ‪ ,،‬ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱ‪ ,‬ﺯﺭﺩﺷﺘﻲ‪ ,‬ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫‪۵۶‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺍﻧﺪ‪«...‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﺸﺖ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‪,‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺮﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ‪ ,‬ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺯﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻭ ﻓﻘﺮ‪ ,‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻦ‪ ,‬ﺭﻓﻊ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ۵۷.‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﮔﻨﺲ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻮﻥ )‪ (، Agnes Parson‬ﻳﮑﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪۵۹‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ »ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻕ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ«‪ ۵۸‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺧﻄﺎﺑ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺧﻄﺎﺑ |ﻪ ﺁﺗﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‬

‫‪ ۵۵‬ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﺩ ّﻭ ‪،‬ﻡ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻟﻴﮏ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ‪ ١٦ ، ,١٥ ,،‬ﻭ ‪ ١٧‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ‪١٩١٢‬‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۴۲‬‬ ‫‪ ۵۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ ‪٤٣‬‬ ‫‪ ۵۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪٤٢-٤٤ ,‬‬ ‫‪ ۵۸‬ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﮔﻨﺲ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻮﻥ‪ ,،‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪ ۵۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind102 102‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:46‬‬ ‫‪١٠٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﺷﺪ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﻔﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺍ ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺎﺭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺳﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ۶۰.‬ﺑﻌﺪﴽ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﻲﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫‪۶۱‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ۶۰‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۹۵‬‬ ‫‪ ۶۱‬ﻓﺮﺩﺭﻳﮏ ﻟﻴﻨﭻ ‪ ,،‬ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﻭﭘﻮﻟﻴﺘﻦ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‪ADDRESS AT METROPOLITAN،‬‬ ‫‪ ،TEMPLE RECEPTION‬ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ,،‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,،٣‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ١٣) ،٧‬ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪ ،۱۵ ,، (١٩١٢‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind103 103‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:46‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮ ﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٠٤‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻄﻒ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺎﻧﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺿﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ َﻣﺜَﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻨﻲ ﻣ ّﻬﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺬﺍﮐﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺆﮐﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺭﻭﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ّ‬ ‫‪۶۲‬‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻭ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪«...‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﮑﺲﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺒﺖﺁﻣﻴﺰ ﻟﺒﺨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﻣﺸﻔﻘﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﻄﻒ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺿﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﻟﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻗﺎﻟﻴﭽ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺳﻤﺎﺋﻠﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺿﻴﺎﺀ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﺯﻡ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺷﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮑﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻟﻴﭽﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﺣﺎﻓﻈﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺎﺋﻠﻲ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺿﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻴﭽﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﺣﺎﻓﻈﻲ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻗﺎ ﻋﺎﺯﻡ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﺟﻼﺱ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﻻﻫﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﮓ ﻣﻬﻴﺐ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺍﺟﻼﺱﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺴﺖﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﻻﻫﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﺳﺎﺯ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻣﺆ ّﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻌ |ﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ‪EARLY EXPANSION‬‬ ‫‪ ۶۲‬ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺿﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ‪ ,‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‪:‬‬ ‫‪WHO WILL BELL THE CAT”، Ruhe Schoen‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind104 104‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:46‬‬ ‫‪١٠٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﺮﺳﻨﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﻔﻆ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﺢ ‪ ,،‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ‪ ,‬ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ‪,‬‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻧﺴﻮﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺗﻼﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻃﻠﺒﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻧﺴﺎﺧ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫ |ﻪ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫ |ﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻗﺮﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ـ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ |ﻩ ﺗﺮﻭﺭﻳﺴﺘ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۲۰١٢‬ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ )ﺟﻨﮓ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ,،‬ﺟﻨﮓ ﮐﺮ |ﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﻭ ﮐﺮ |ﻩ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻲ )ﺟﻨﮓ ﺳﺮﺩ( ‪ ,،‬ﺟﻨﮓ ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﮐﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﮐﻨﮕﻮ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﺴﺎﻳﻪ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻖ ﺁﻣﺎﺭ ﮐﻠّﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠ |ﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺁﻣﺎﺭ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮓ ‪ ٧٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﮒ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤ |ﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ‬ ‫‪۶۳‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﻮﺳ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺆ ّﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﻣﻬ ّﻤﻲ ﺷﮑﻞ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺒﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﺠﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﺟﻨﮓ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻭ ﻣﻠﻞ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋ |ﻪ ﮐﻤﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﮐﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ ۶۳‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ١٢٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﮐﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪ ﮐﺸﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﮐﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﮔﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﮓ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺷﻬﺮﻭﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺪﻑ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﺭﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻴﮕﻨﺎﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﺭﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺟﻨ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺮﻳﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ‪ Making Peace‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺩﺍﮔﻼﺱ ﻣﺎﺗﺮ ‪،‬ﻥ‪The Humanist ، 60:9،‬‬ ‫‪ ,،2000‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ‪ ،MAKING PEACE‬ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﻱ ﻫﻴﻨﺪﺱ )‪ (Barry Hindess‬ﻭ ﻣﺎﺭﮔﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﮊﺍﻟﻲ )‪ ١٠ ، ,٢٠٠١ ، (Margaret Jolly‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪http://imaginarymuseum.org/MHV/PZImhv/HindessThinkingPeace.‬‬ ‫‪html‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind105 105‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:46‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮ ﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٠٦‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﻷﺧﺮﻩ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﻮﺍﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻳﮏ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩١٢‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺒﮑﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ »ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ« ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﮐﺸﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﺣﻤﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻤﮑﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ـ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ـ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮﺭﺵﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻭﺭﻳﺴﻢ ﺭﻧﺞ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﮑﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﴼ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ ,‬ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﮎ‬ ‫ﺳﺮ ﺯﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind106 106‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:46‬‬ ‫‪١٠٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬

‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻢ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind107 107‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:46‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻱ ﺑﺼﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻼ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬‫ﻫﻔﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻔﺼ ً‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴّﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎﻫﻴّﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‪ ,‬ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴّﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ »ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴّﺖ« ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺪﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻤ |ﻪ »ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ« ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﺘ ّﻮﺟﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴّﺖ ﺑﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ »ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴّﺖ« ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ »ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴّﺖ« ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﺩﺭﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺑﻨﺎﺀ‬ ‫‪۱‬‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺟﺴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮐﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﭘﺪﺭﻱ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺯﻕ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺋﻲ ﺳﺮﺯﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻟﻄﻒ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻑ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫»‪...‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ,‬ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ,‬ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺖ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ‬ ‫‪ ۱‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ,(١٩٨٢‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٢٧‬‬ ‫‪ ۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٥٠‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind108 108‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:46‬‬ ‫‪١٠٩‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،,‬ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺖ‪ ,‬ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺖ ﺷﺶ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﮐﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﮐﺖ ﮐﺎﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﺳﻤﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻋﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻋﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻋﻲ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﮐﻮﻧﻴّﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﮔﻮﺋﻴﻢ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺏ‪ ,‬ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻴّﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻣﻨﻮﻁ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻴّﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺤ ّﻘﻖ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﺋﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺯﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﺯﻕ ﻧﺪﻫ ‪،‬ﺪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﺯﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﺋﻴﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺭﺍﺯﻕ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﺏ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﺮﺯﻭﻕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ّ ,‬‬ ‫‪۳‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﺏ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﺒﻬﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬

‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ۴.‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﮑﻞ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ـ ﺑﻪ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬ ‫ـ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﺠﻠّﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫)ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ( ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﻪﺍﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻌﮑﺲ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»‪...‬ﻣﺜ ً‬ ‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻳﻮﺣﻨّﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﮑﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ....‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟ |ﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﻑ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩﴽ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ,‬ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ,‬ﻟﮑﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟ |ﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻓﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺣﺮ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﺎ ّﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ,‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﺎ ّﻡ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ‬

‫‪ ۳‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٥٨-١٥٩‬‬ ‫‪ ۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٧٢-١٧٣‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind109 109‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:46‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١١٠‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻟﮑﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.. .‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴّﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﺎّﻣﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﺎّﻣﻪ ‪...‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻧﻪ ﺟﺴﺪ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ‪ ,،‬ﺁﻥ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﻨﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺗﺠﻠّﻲ ﻭ ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻵﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫‪۵‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻴّﺖ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻼﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺴﺐ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺎﻱ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺋﻴﻨﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺁﻻﻳﺶ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺻﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﺻﻔﺎ ﻭ ﻟﻄﺎﻓﺖ‪,‬‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺁﺕ ﺑﺘﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ‬ ‫‪۶‬‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺘﺎﺑﺪ‪«...‬‬

‫ﺍﷲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻲ ّ‬ ‫»ﭘﺲ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻳﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗّﻔﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻣﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺮﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪,‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺻﻠﺢ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﺟﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪۷‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻋ ّﺰﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«...‬‬ ‫‪ ۵‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٥٤-١٥٥‬‬ ‫‪ ۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٤٧-١٤٨‬‬ ‫‪ ۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٤٨‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind110 110‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:46‬‬ ‫‪١١١‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،,‬ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺴﺐ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻼﺵ ﻧﮑﻨﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮑﻲ‬ ‫ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»‪...‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﺎﺑﺪ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ﭘﺎﮎ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗ ّﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻭ‬‫ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﻴﺒﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﮎ ﺷﻮﺭﻩ ﺯﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻱ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﺧﺸﮏ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻢ ﮐﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻲ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫‪۸‬‬ ‫ﭼﺸﻢ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫»ﭘﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴّﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴّﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﮐﻨ ‪،‬ﻢ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻤﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻫﻘﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺸﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﮎ ﺷﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻒﻫﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻃﻴّﺒ |ﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺗﺨﻤﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻮﺭﻩ ﺯﺍﺭ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻓﺎﺳﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺗﺨﻤﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﮐﻲ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﮑﻦ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻣﻲﺧﺸﮑﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻒﻫﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﺧﻔﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺧﻮﺷﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻃﻮﺭﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻢ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫‪۹‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﻧﻌﮑﺎﺱ ﮐﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻳﮑﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﮐﻮﺷﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٤٨‬‬ ‫‪ ۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٤۹‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind111 111‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:46‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١١٢‬‬

‫ﺷﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻏﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮ ِﺩ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻧﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻕ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺷﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻠﻞ‪,‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻃﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻤﻊ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻘﺪﺳ |ﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺣﮑﻢ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﻳﮏ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻓﺘﺒﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻫﺮ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻱ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫‪۱۰‬‬ ‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪«...‬‬

‫ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠّﻖ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫‪۱۱‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮑﻲ ﻣﺨﻔﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺗﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺎﺩﻡ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﺚ‬

‫‪ ۱۰‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .١٥٢‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸﺪ‪ ,،‬ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Likewise, the divine religions of the holy Manifestations of God are in‬‬ ‫‪reality one, though in name and nomenclature they differ. Man must‬‬ ‫‪be a lover of the light, no matter from what dayspring it may appear.‬‬ ‫‪He must be a lover of the rose, no matter in what soil it may be growing.‬‬ ‫??‪He must be a seeker of the truth, no matter from what source it come‬‬ ‫‪Attachment to the lantern is not loving the light‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۱‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .١٦١‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Imitation destroys the foundation of religion, extinguishes the‬‬ ‫‪spirituality of the human world, transforms heavenly illumination into‬‬ ‫‪darkness and deprives man of the knowledge of God. It is the cause of‬‬ ‫‪the victory of materialism and infidelity over religion, it is the denial of‬‬ ‫‪Divinity and the law of revelation, it refuses Prophethood and rejects the‬‬ ‫‪Kingdom of God‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind112 112‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:46‬‬ ‫‪١١٣‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،,‬ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ ۱۲‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﻣﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺴﻢ‬ ‫»ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻗﺴﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺗﻌﻠّﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻠﻮﻳّﺖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻗّﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﮐﺸﻒ ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻌﻠّﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﺎﻱ‬ ‫‪۱۳‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﮑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﮐﺰ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺟﺬﺏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺑﺪ ﺳﻤﺒﻞ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪ ۱۴.‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪۱۵‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺩﺍﺋﺮ |ﻩ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‪» :‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫‪۱۶‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪«.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ‪ ,‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﻭ ﺳﻨّﺖ ﻭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﺰﻱ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺮﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻲ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪ ۱۷.‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‬

‫‪ ۱۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٥١‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۳‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٦٨‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٦٣‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۵‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٦٥‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٧٥‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٢٦‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind113 113‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:47‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١١٤‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪﺩ ﻭ ﺗﮑﺜّﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﻳﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘ |ﻪ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺖﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺾﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﮐﻮﺭﮐﻮﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﮐﺰﻱ ﮐﺎﻧﮕﺮﮔﻴﺸﻨﺎﻝ )‪(Congregational‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻭﮐﻠﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺤ ّﻤﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﮑﻮﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺤ ّﻤﺪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ ,‬ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺗﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻔﺖ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ّ‬ ‫‪۱۸‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺍﺯﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﻭ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«...‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﮐﺮ |ﻩ ﺍﺭﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫‪۱۹‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻭﻃﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫»ﺍﻣﺸﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻠﺢ‬

‫‪ ۱۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٢٠١‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .١٥٣‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪The time has come when all mankind shall be united, when all races‬‬ ‫‪shall be loyal to one fatherland, all religions become one religion, and‬‬ ‫‪racial and religious bias pass away. It is a day in which the oneness of‬‬ ‫‪humankind shall uplift its standard and international peace, like the‬‬ ‫‪true morning, flood the world with its light‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind114 114‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:47‬‬ ‫‪١١٥‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،,‬ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫‪۲۰‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﻣﻬﻢﺗﺮ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪«...‬‬

‫»ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﮎ ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺼﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺗﻌﺼﺐ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ‪ ,‬ﺗﻌﺼﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻱ‪ ,‬ﺗﻌﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻃﻨﻲ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ‪ ,،‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺑﺠﻮﺋﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺭﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫‪۲۱‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻱ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪«...‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ »ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ‪ ,‬ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻃﻲ‬ ‫‪۲۲‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ« ﻳﮏ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻣﻤﺰﻭﺝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬

‫»‪...‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺍ ّﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻴﺾ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﺾ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪۲۳‬‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪«...‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻩ ﮊﻭﺋﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮ |ﻩ‬ ‫‪۲۴‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۰‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٦٦‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۱‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٦٣‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٥٧‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۳‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٥٨‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .١٦٤‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Consider how nothing but a spiritual power can bring about this‬‬ ‫‪unification, for material conditions and mental aspects are so widely‬‬ ‫‪different that agreement and unity are not possible through outer means.‬‬ ‫‪It is possible, however, for all to become unified through one spirit,‬‬ ‫‪just as all may receive light from one sun. Therefore, assisted by the‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind115 115‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:47‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ١١٦

‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑ |ﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﮊﻭﺋﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ‬ ‫ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻨﺒ |ﻪ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬,‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬ :‫ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬,، ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‬

‫ ﻃﺒﻴﺐ ﺣﺎﺫﻕ‬.‫ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﻭ ﺁﻻﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬,‫»ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ «...‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ‬ ‫ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﮏ ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻭ‬۲۶‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻗ ّﻮﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‬۲۷‫ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬,‫ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ّ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ‬ .‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻧﺪ‬

collective and divine center which is the law of God and thereality of His Manifestation,races advance ‫ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬، ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ‬.٢٠٤ ‫ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ‬,‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬۲۵ :‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬Promulgation of Universal Peace The world of humanity may be likened to the individual man himself, it has its illness and ailments …The Prophets of God are the real Physicians. In whatever age or time They appear They prescribe for human conditions. They know the sicknesses. They discover the hidden sources of disease and indicate the necessary remedy… In this present age the world of humanity is afflicted with severe sicknesses and grave disorders which threaten death. Therefore, Bahá’u’lláh has appeared ‫ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬، ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ‬.١٧١ ‫ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ‬,‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬۲۶ :‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬Promulgation of Universal Peace lack of love and absence of altruism ‫ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬، ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ‬.١٧١ ‫ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ‬,‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬۲۷ :‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬Promulgation of Universal Peace the friends of God must adhere to the power which will create this love and unity in the hearts of the sons of men ‫ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬، ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ‬.١٧١ ‫ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ‬,‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬۲۸ :‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬Promulgation of Universal Peace because….the spiritual teachings of the Religion of God can alone create this love, unity and accord in human hearts

Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind116 116 17.05.2014 16:08:47 ‫‪١١٧‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،,‬ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪١٩١٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺁ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﻴﺮ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘ |ﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻟﻔﻪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﻌﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻮﻗّﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻧﺒّﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﮎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴّﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﻧﺸﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺳﻌﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻄﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﮑﺎﻓﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﻮﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﺳﻌﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻬﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﭘﻠﻲ ﺷﻨﻮﻧﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻋﻤﻴﻖﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺧ ّﻮﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﺳﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻲ )‪ (Jersy City‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺴﺘ ّﻘﻞ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻠﺒﻲ ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺸﻴﺶ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﺘﺮﻳﻦ )‪ (، Unitarian‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺧ ّﻮﺕ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﺧ ّﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴّﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺗﻴﺎﺳﻮﻓﻴﻬﺎ )ﻋﺮﻓﺎ( ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧﺪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﮐﻠّﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺷﻌﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭﮎ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﮑﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺧﻄﺎﺑ |ﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ﻣﺘﻤﺮﮐﺰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬ ‫»ﺩﺍﻧﺶ‪ ,‬ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ«‪ ۲۹‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﮑﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ۲۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٥٧‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind117 117‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:47‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١١٨‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﮐﺰﻳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰﻳﺖ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻧﻘﻄ |ﻪ ﻣﺮﮐﺰﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺗﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻔﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﮕﺮ |ﻩ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻮﻳﻲﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻭﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ‪ ۳۰‬ﻭ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ۳۱‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ‬ ‫ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ۳۲.‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺗﺎﮐﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺾ‬ ‫‪۳۳‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻬﻀﺖ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ۳۰‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .١٦٧‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Abdu’l-Bahá suggested that the United States may be held up as the‬‬ ‫‪example of future government—that is to say, each province will be‬‬ ‫‪independent in itself, but there will be federal union protecting the‬‬ ‫‪interests of the various independent states‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۱‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .١٦٧‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪to cast aside centralization which promotes despotism is the exigency of‬‬ ‫‪the time‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۲‬ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ ‪THE BAHA’I FAITH IN AMERICA:EARLY EXPANSION, 1900- ،‬‬ ‫‪ ،,1912‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .١٨‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪despotism had been the history of the Kingdoms of the Near East including‬‬ ‫‪Persia—in the early 1900|s the verb ‘to elect’ did not even exist in the‬‬ ‫‪Persian language‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۳‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ,(١٩٨٢‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۶۷‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind118 118‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:47‬‬ ‫‪١١٩‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،,‬ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‬

‫ﻧﻬﻀﺖ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺳﻨﮑﺎ ﻓﺎﻟﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ )‪ (Seneca Falls‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪ ۱۸۴۸‬ﺭﺳﻤﴼ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺼﺮ |ﻩ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻥﻫﺎ ﺣﻖ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪ ۱۹۲۰‬ﮐﻤﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺟﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﻏﺬﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﺘّﺤﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﭼﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ؟«‪ ۳۴‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺣﺒﻮﺑﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪۳۵‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ‪ ۷۸‬ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ،۳۰۹‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑ |ﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ‬ ‫‪۳۶‬‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‪ ,،‬ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣ ّﻬﻢ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻔﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﻫﺮ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﮐﺎﺭ‪,‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭ‪,‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﮑﻨﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻣﺴﺄﻟ |ﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ‪ِ ,‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ‪,‬‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻳﻤﺎ ِﻥ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻓﮑﺮ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ »ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ«‬ ‫)‪ (Baha’i Community‬ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ‬

‫‪ ۳۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٧٠‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۵‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٧٠-١٧١‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .١٨٧‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪In this great Cause :‬‬ ‫‪the light of guidance is shining and radiant. Bahá’u’lláh has even said‬‬ ‫‪that occupation and labor are devotion. All humanity must obtain a‬‬ ‫‪livelihood by sweat of the brow and bodily exertion, at the same time‬‬ ‫‪seeking to lift the burden of others, striving to be the source of comfort‬‬ ‫‪to souls and facilitating the means of living. This in itself is devotion to‬‬ ‫‪God. Bahá’u’lláh has thereby encouraged action and stimulated service.‬‬ ‫‪But the energies of the heart must not be attached to these things, the soul‬‬ ‫‪must not be completely occupied with them. Though the mind is busy,‬‬ ‫‪the heart must be attracted toward the Kingdom of God in order that the‬‬ ‫‪virtues of humanity may be attained from every direction and source‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind119 119‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:47‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٢٠‬‬

‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۰‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﺒﻠّﻎ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﻫﻢ‪ ۳۷‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻋﺰﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﮐﺴﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘ |ﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﻇﻞ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﺩ )‪ (Anton Haddad‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﮐﻤﮏ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺘﻮﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ »ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ« )‪ (rules and laws‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫‪۳۸‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۰‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﺝ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﭘﺮ ﻫﺮﻳﺲ )‪ ، ,(Hooper Harris‬ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺭ )‪ ,،(Wiliam Hoar‬ﺍﻧﺪﺭﻭ ﻫﺎﭼﻴﻨﺴﻮﻥ )‪,، (Andrew Hutchinson‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺮﺍﻧﮏ ﺁﺯﺑﻮﺭﻥ)‪ ,،(Frank Osborne‬ﺍﺩﻭﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺗﻨﺎﻡ )‪Edwin‬‬ ‫‪ ,(Putnam‬ﭼﺎﺭﻟﺲ ﺳﭙﺮﺍﮒ )‪ (Charles Sprague‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﻭﺳﮑﻮ ﺩﻟﺴﻦ‬ ‫)‪ (Orosco Woolson‬ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ۳۹,‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻫﻪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺁﻗﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺩﺭﮎ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﮑﻠﻲ ﻣﻨﺴﺠﻢ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ »ﺑﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ«‬

‫‪ ۳۷‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ ‪THE BAHA’I FAITH IN AMERICA:‬‬ ‫‪ ،EARLY EXPANSION, 1900-1912‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۷‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‬ ‫‪ ۳۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٣٦‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind120 120‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:47‬‬ ‫‪١٢١‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،,‬ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‬

‫)‪ (House of Spirituality‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻴﺮﻏﻢ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺭﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ,‬ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻌﻲ ﻳﮑﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻻﺯﻡ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠ |ﻪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻠﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺨﺖﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘ |ﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺝ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻔﺎ ﮐﺮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻀﺮﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻬﻠﮏ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ۴۰.‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻢﻫﺎ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍّﻣﺎ‬ ‫»ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ّ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻫﻤﺴﺮ ﻫﻮﭘﺮ ﻫﺮﻳ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻧﻢﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﺗﺮﻭﺩ ﻫﺮﻳ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻧﺴﻮﺍﻥ« )‪ (Baha’i Unity League for Ladies‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ۴۱.‬ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﮔﺮﺗﺮﻭﺩ ﻫﺮﻳﺲ )‪ ,،(Gertrud Harris‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﭙﺴﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﺰﺍﺑﻼ ﺑﻴﺘﻴﻨﮕﻬﺎﻡ‬ ‫)‪ ,، (Isabella Brittingham‬ﻣﺎﺭﺟﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺗﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﻟﻮﺍ ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻧﻘﺸﻲ ﻓ ّﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺍﻳﻔﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﻭ‬ ‫‪۴۲‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺭﺷﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺿﻴﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻥ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ »ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ« ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺿﻴﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ »ﺿﻴﺎﻓﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ« ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ۴۳.‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﮑﺸﻨﺒﻪ ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .۴۰‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‪The Baha’i Faith in‬‬ ‫‪ America:Early Expansion‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ ۱۲۸‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪There can be no greater harm for the Cause of God today than disunion,‬‬ ‫‪however small it may be! Consequently exert yourself to the utmost to‬‬ ‫‪gladden the hearts and to be the channel of fragrance and joy to mankind‬‬ ‫‪… [show] to the whole human race the utmost kindness, then how much‬‬ ‫‪more you must be kind to the spiritual friends [Bahá’ís‬‬ ‫‪ ۴۱‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٢٩‬‬ ‫‪ ۴۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٢٤٨‬‬ ‫‪ ۴۳‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٢٩‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind121 121‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:47‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٢٢‬‬

‫»‪...‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺷﺪﻡ‪ ,‬ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﻭﺩ »ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ« ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻭﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻲﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﺠﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺠﺎﻋﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺒﺎ ﺩﻳﺪ ‪،‬ﻡ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ‬ ‫‪۴۴‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻏﺘﺸﺎﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,،‬ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪«.‬‬

‫‪۴۵‬‬ ‫ﺧﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺻﺪ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳ |ﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺷﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺍّﻣﺎ‬ ‫‪۴۶‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻼﺵﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﺎﺭﭺ ‪ ۱۹۰۸‬ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺍﻋﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ۴۷.‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﻴ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻲﺍﻟﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻣﻌﺎﺑﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﮑﻮﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﭘﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬ ‫‪۴۸‬‬ ‫ﮔﺸﺖ‪ ...‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻠﮏ ﺍﺟﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﻗﻨﺎﻋﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﻡ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۹‬ﻳﮏ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺤﻮ |ﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻱ ﻓ ّﻌﺎ ‪،‬ﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘ |ﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﮐﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﮑﻮﻧﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﮏ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭﻳﻦ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﻝ‪ ۱۹۱۰‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ‬

‫‪ ۴۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٠٧‬‬ ‫‪ ۴۵‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٢٩‬‬ ‫‪ ۴۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٢٩‬‬ ‫‪ ۴۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٢٨٦‬‬ ‫‪ ۴۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٢٨٧‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind122 122‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:47‬‬ ١٢٣ ‫ ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‬،‫ ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ‬،,‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬

۲۷ ‫ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ‬.‫ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏﺗﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﮐﻤﮏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻢﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬.‫ﺣﻞ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‬ّ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ ﺍﻳﺰﺍﺑﻼ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﻴﻨﮕﻬﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ‬.‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻧﺎﻡ‬.‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺩﺍﺩ‬ ّ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮑﭙﺎﺭﭼﮕﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ‬، ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ »ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ« ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧ‬ .‫( ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪ‬Spiritual Assembly) ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﮊ |ﻩ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ‬ ‫ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬.‫ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬۵۰«‫ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ »ﺗﮑﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬۴۹.‫ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻑ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻡ‬ ‫ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬,‫ﻳﮏ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‬ .‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‬ Open» ‫ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬،Promulgation of Universal Peace ‫ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬۴۹ ‫“ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ‬Spiritual Assembly” ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬.‫« ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬Committee .‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‬ .٤ ‫ ﻓﺼﻞ‬، ,‫ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‬۵۰ : ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‬ ، ‫ )ﻭﻳﻠﻤ‬،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE ‫ﺀ‬، ‫ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ‬۵۱ ‫ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ‬، ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ‬.١٨٣ ‫ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ‬,(١٩٨٢ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬ :‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬Promulgation of Universal Peace ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ It is my hope that the meetings of the Bahá’í Assembly in New York shall become like meetings of the Supreme Concourse. When you assemble, you must reflect the lights of the heavenly Kingdom. Let your hearts be as mirrors in which the radiance of the Sun of Reality is visible. Each bosom must be a telegraph station—one terminus of the wire attached to the soul, the other fixed in the Supreme Concourse—so that inspiration may descend from the Kingdom of Abhá and questions of reality be discussed. Then opinions will coincide with truth, day by day there will be progression, and the meetings will become more radiant and spiritual. This attainment is conditioned upon unity and agreement. The more perfect the love and agreement, the more the divine confirmations and assistance of the Blessed Perfection will descend. May this prove to be a divine meeting, and may boundless bestowals come down upon you. Strive with all your hearts and with the very power of life that unity and

Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind123 123 17.05.2014 16:08:48 ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ١٢٤

love may continually increase. In discussions look toward the reality without being self-opinionated. Let no one assert and insist upon his own mere opinion, nay, rather, let each investigate reality with the greatest love and fellowship. Consult upon every matter, and when one presents the point of view of reality itself, that shall be acceptable to all. Then will spiritual unity increase among you, individual illumination will be .greater, happiness will be more abundant and you will draw nearer to the Kingdom of God.

Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind124 124 17.05.2014 16:08:48 ‫‪١٢٥‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،,‬ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind125 125‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:48‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‬

‫»ﻣﻨﻢ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ«‬

‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴ |ﻪ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴّﺖ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ‪ ١٨٩٠‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺤ ّﻘﻖ ﻭﻋﻮﺩ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣ ّﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺒﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٠‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﴼ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟ |ﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ـ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ـ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ‬‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ‪ ,‬ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﺣﻔﻆ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺩﺭﮎ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﮎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻼ‬‫ﺗﺠﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻓّﻖ‪ ,‬ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮐﺎﻣ ً‬‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ‬ ‫‪۱‬‬ ‫ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ‪ ,،‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪،THE BAHA’I FAITH IN AMERICA: EARLY EXPANSION, 1900-1912 ۱‬‬ ‫‪١٢٦-١٢٧‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind126 126‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:48‬‬ ‫‪١٢٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻢ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬

‫ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺪﻭ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺋﻴﺴﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﻼﻗﻤﻨﺪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺭﻧﺘﻮﻥ ﭼﻴﺲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺄﻟ |ﻪ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺦ ـ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ـ‬ ‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺭﻧﺘﻮﻥ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ۲.‬ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺪﻭ ﻋﻼﻗﻤﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﺘّﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺋﻴﺴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﮎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻓﮑﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ«‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫)‪ (Unity Through Love‬ﺍﺻﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ )‪(Pantheistic belief‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺠﻠﻲ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ۳.‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬ ‫ﻏﻠﻂ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺘﴼ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﺪﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﺪﻓﺶ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺖ ﺑﺪﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺩﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺷﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻣﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﺒﴼ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪۴‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﺭﻟﺰ ﻣﻴﺴﻦ ﺭﻳﻤﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪ ,‬ﺧﺎﻧﻤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬

‫‪ ۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٣٢ ،‬‬ ‫‪ ۳‬ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ‪ UNITY THROUGH LOVE ،‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ ‪THE BAHA’I FAITH‬‬ ‫‪IN EARLY AMERICA‬‬ ‫‪ ۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٢٤٠-٢٤١‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind127 127‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:48‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٢٨‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻠﻪ ﭘﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ‬ ‫‪۵‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺳﻲ ﻭﻭﺩﮐﻮﮎ )‪ (Percy Woodcock‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓ ّﻌﺎﻝﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻋﺎﺷﻖ ﻧﺠﻮﻡ ‪ ,،‬ﺯﻳﺒﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻫﺮﺍﻡ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻳﮏ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺳﻲ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﻠّﻤﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺒﻠّﻐﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ۶.‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﻳﺰﺍﺑﻼ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﻴﻨﮕﻬﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۵‬ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻋﺠﺎﻳﺐ« ﺑﺎ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﺭﺍﻳﺞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﮑﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫‪۷‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﺰﺍﺑﻼ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﻴﻨﮕﻬﺎﻡ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻼﺵ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﮎ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻳﺰﺍﺑﻼ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻀﺎﺀ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﻼﻣﻴ |ﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ‬‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺰﺍﺑﻼ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﴼ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻋﻮﺩ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ‬‫ﭘﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٨٩٨‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘ ّﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ١٩٠٤‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﴽ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫‪ ۵‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٢٤٢‬‬ ‫‪ ۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٣٠٧‬‬ ‫‪ ۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٢٤٢‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind128 128‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:48‬‬ ‫‪١٢٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻢ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺸﺮﻑ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺰﺍﺑﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٩‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩ ّﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻫ ّﻤﺘﻲ ﺑﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻔﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﻫﻤﺴﺮ ﺧﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺟﻴﻤﺰ )‪ ,(James‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﮏ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﺺ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﺎﺭﭺ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪١٩١٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺩﻱ )‪,(Susan Moody‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻳﺰﺍﺑﻼ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﺰﺍﺑﺖ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻄﺐ ﭘﺰﺷﮑﻲ ﺩﺍﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭﺕ )‪ (Elisabeth Stewart‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﻓ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﺰﺷﮑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ‪ ۸.‬ﺍﻳﺰﺍﺑﻼ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ« )‪ (The Revelation of Baha’ullah‬ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ »ﮐﺴﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺟﺰ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﻲ‪ ,‬ﺧﻀﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻋﺒﻮﺩﻳﺖ‬ ‫‪۹‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‪ ,‬ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﺪ« ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻥ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﮑﺎﺕ ﻣﻬ ّﻤﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺘّﻲ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﭼﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ‪,‬ﮐﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺶ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻠّﻐﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ »ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﻲﺷﻤﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﻀﻮﻉ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ‬ ‫‪۱۰‬‬ ‫ـ ﻳﮏ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ«‬ ‫ﺿﺪ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺝ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﻏﺮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ۸‬ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫ ‪،‬ﺪ ‪.١٣١-١٣٥ ،EARLY BAHAI’S‬‬ ‫‪ ۹‬ﺍﻳﺰﺍﺑﻼ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﻴﻨﮕﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﻡ ‪ ،THE REVOLUTION OF BAHA’ULLAH‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۰‬ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﺌﺖ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﻧﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﻮﺩﺳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ‪ ، ١٩٠٣‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪ ،THE BAHA’I FAITH IN AMERICA:EARLY EXPANSION, 1900-1912‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٤٠٧‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind129 129‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:48‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٣٠‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺝ ﻋﻠﻴﺮﻏﻢ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻼﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﺎﻥ ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﺍﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻟﮕﻲ ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻭﮐﻴﻞ ﺧﻮﺩﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺷﺮ ﺷﺪ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺷﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻱ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻣﺠﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻠّﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺗﻮﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﺮﮐﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﻣﮑﺎﻧﻴﮏ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﺰﺍﺑﺖ ﺩﻱ )‪ (Elisabeth Day‬ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺷﺶ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٨٩٥‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺳﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺟﺲ )‪ (Sara Burgess‬ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺪﺭ ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺪﺭ ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻢ ﺍﺯﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﺧﺘﺮﺵ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﺎ )‪ (Anna‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺰﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻏﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻩ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﻏﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺰﺍﺑﺖ ﺩﺭﮐﻼﺱﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻠّﻐﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﺺ ﻭ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٨٩٨‬ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٠‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻫﻤﺴﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﭘﺴﺮﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻑ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠١‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ »ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﻘﻞ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ« ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪The Truth of: The Inseparable Oneness of Common Sense- Science‬‬ ‫‪and Religion‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﮏ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴّﻮﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ۱۱.‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻲ ‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۱‬ﺭﺍﺑﺮﺕ ﺍﭺ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ‪ ،DODGE , ARTHUR PILLSBURRY‬ﭘﺮﻭﮊ |ﻩ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﻬﺎﺋ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ ١١ ,، ٢٠٠٨‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪http://www.bahai-encyclopedia-project.org‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind130 130‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:48‬‬ ‫‪١٣١‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻢ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﺑﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪۱۲‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۱۲‬ﻭ ‪ ۱۹۱۳‬ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺝ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻧﻮﻧﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺒﺪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ)‪ (Baha’i Temple Unity‬ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺍﻳﺎّﻡ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻻﻧﮓ ﺁﻳﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﻤﭗ ﺍﺳﺘﺪ‬ ‫)‪ (Hampstead‬ﮐﻤﮏ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮐﻤﮏ ﮐﺮ ‪،‬ﺩ‬ ‫‪۱۳‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺸﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺑﮑﺎﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٠‬ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ﻃﻬﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻠّﻐﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ﻃﻬﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﻣﺤﻠّﻲ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ« )‪Addresses by Abdolkarim Effendi Tehrani:‬‬ ‫‪(Delivered Before the New York and Chicago Assemblies‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ‪ ,‬ﮐﻨﻮﺷﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺴﺘ |ﻪ ﻣﺮﮐﺰﻱ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻃﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﻴﺎﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎ ‪ ٤٤‬ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻼﺵﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺗﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻃﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻗﺎ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ﻃﻬﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫‪۱۴‬‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ »ﻧﺎﻗﻀﻴﻦ« ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻲ ‪ ١٦‬ﺟﻮﻥ ‪ ،١٩٠٧‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪ ۱۲‬ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﺩﻱ ﺳ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪،THE BAHA’I FAITH IN AMERICA:EARLY EXPANSION, 1900-1912‬‬ ‫‪ .٢٠٩-٢١٠‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Abdu’l-Bahá wrote to them:This personage is a believer and assured, he is‬‬ ‫‪attracted, enkindled and of the utmost sincerity. The believers of God must‬‬ ‫‪have the utmost consideration toward him, they must not avoid him, they‬‬ ‫‪must seek his companionship in a cheerful manner… The point is this:‬‬ ‫‪the believers must associate with Mr. Dodge with joy and love‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۳‬ﺭﺍﺑﺮﺕ ﺍﭺ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ‪DODGE , ARTHUR PILLSBURR.‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۴‬ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ ‪-THE BAHA’I FAITH IN AMERICA:EARLY EXPANSION, 1900،‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind131 131‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:48‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٣٢‬‬

‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ﻃﻬﺮﺍﻧﻲ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻣﻲﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ّ‬‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﺍﺋﺮﻳﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺰﻳﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺯﺍﺋﺮﻳﻦ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﻮ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ﻃﻬﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﺍﺋﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﮎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖﻫﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻮﺛﻖ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﺰ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٠‬ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ ‪ ,،‬ﺩﺍﺝ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﴼ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻏﻠﻂ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻫﺎ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻬﻮﺕ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ‪,‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫‪۱۵‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ« ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻊ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪Tablets from Abdu’l-Bahá Abbas to Some American Believers in‬‬ ‫‪(the year 1900‬‬ ‫ﭘﺴﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺝ‪ ,‬ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻡ )‪ (William‬ﺩﺍﺝ ﻭ ﻭﻧﺪﻝ )‪ (Wendelle‬ﺩﺍﺝ‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺯﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫‪۱۶‬‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ‪ «١٩٠١‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫‪Utterances of Abdu’l-Bahá Abbas to Two Young Men, American‬‬ ‫‪Pilgrims in Acre,1901‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﺍﺋﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٠‬ﺩﻭ ﺗﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻠّﻐﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺍﺳﺪﺍﷲ ﻭ ﺣﺎﺝ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺧﺮﺍﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﯼ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺍﺳﺪﺍﷲ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﻓﺎﺩﺍﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻋﻠﻲ‬‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺵ ﻣ ّﻄﻬﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬

‫‪٢١-٢٢ ،1912‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۵‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٣١-٣٣‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٩٧‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind132 132‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:48‬‬ ‫‪١٣٣‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻢ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺯﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﯼ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭﻩ ﮐﻤﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭﻗﺖ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺳﻮﺀ ﺗﻔﺎﻫﻤﺎﺗﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻏﻠﻂ‬ ‫‪۱۷‬‬ ‫ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻠّﻎ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎﯼ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﮐﺮﺩ ﺁﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ١٩٠١‬ﻭ ‪ ١٩٠۲‬ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ »ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ« )‪ (Maxim of Bahaism‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺌﻠ |ﻪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﻳﮏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻪ ﺣﮑﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ »ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ« ‪The Station of Manifestation and the Greatness‬‬ ‫‪ of this Day‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠ |ﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺫﺍﺗﴼ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻧﻴﺖ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ« ‪Divine‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ـ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ّ‬ ‫‪ Revelation the Basis of all Civilization‬ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ |ﻩ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ‪ ,،‬ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ‬ ‫‪۱۸‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﴼ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺮﺯﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺒﻠّﻐﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠١‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺳﺎﻟﮕﻲ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘّﺤﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻠّﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺳﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻭ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺗﺮﮎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺖ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ »ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻴﻪ« )‪ (Baha’i Proofs‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﴼ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻤﻲ‬

‫‪ ۱۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٣٦-٣٧‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٨٧ -٩١‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind133 133‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:49‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٣٤‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ ‪،‬ﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺷﺮﺣﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻴّﻪ« ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺘﻘﻨﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﻣﺤﮑﻤﻪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺑﻮﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﮑﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻄﻖ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺆﺍﻟﻲ‪,‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺍﺑﻮﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﺏﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ‬ ‫‪۱۹‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻼﺵﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻧﻈﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠ ۷‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺗﻲ )‪(Consultative Assembly‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺟﻌﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺮﻳﺤﴼ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﺶ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻧﻌﺖ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺭﻗﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﮐﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻭ ّﻫﺎﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﻦ‪ ...‬ﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻪ ﻟﻘﺒﻲ‪ ,‬ﻧﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪ ,‬ﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻌﺘﻲ‪ ,‬ﺟﺰ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻱ ﻣﻦ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﻣﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫‪ ۱۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٨٠-٨٦‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind134 134‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:49‬‬ ‫‪١٣٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻢ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬ ‫‪۲۰‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺑﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋ ّﺰﺕ ﺳﺮﻣﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ‪«...‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﺡ ﻭ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋ |ﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮐﺜﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺟﻨﺒ |ﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﮐﺴﺐ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﻭﺯﻣﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﺎﺭﻟﺰ ﻣﻴﺴﻦ ﺭﻳﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ »ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ«‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﮑﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺖ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺩﺍﻳﺮ |ﻩ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻗﻠﺒﻲ ﻧﺒّﺎﺽ ﺍﺳﺖ‪,‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺍﺑﻬﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﻴّﻦ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺴﺮ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ |ﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺼﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ـ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ‬ ‫‪۲۱‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﻕ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺸﻌﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ـ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎ ‪،‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺴﻦ ﺭﻳﻤﻲ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ۲۰‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٢٠٨‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۱‬ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ ,، ۳‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ١٣ ، ,٧‬ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪ ، ,١٩١٢‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٩‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind135 135‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:49‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٣٦‬‬

‫»ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﺑﻬﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻗﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﻣﻮﺋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻣﺒﻴّﻦ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﮐﻠﻤ |ﻪ »ﻏﺼﻦ« ﮐﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀـ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﺑﻬﺎﺀ ـ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﻧﮑﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻣﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﺑﻬﻲ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﺒﻴّﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳ ‪،‬ﺪ »ﻏﺼﻦ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬ ‫‪۲۲‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺍﺑﻮﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺘّﺤﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺑﻮﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﻧﺺ‬ ‫»ﻳﺎ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ...‬ﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻤﻪ )ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ( ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﺽ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‬‫ﺻﺮﺡ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﻭ ﻫﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺮ ﺍﻵﻓﺎﻕ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻣﺪ ﺍﻻﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻣﮑﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﻻﺧﻼﻕ‪ .‬ﺣﺘّﻲ ﺍﻭﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﺋﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﺎ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﺔ ﻣﻬﺬﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﻇﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻣﺮﻩ ﻧﺠﻮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻏﺔ ﻣﺸﺮﻗﺔ‪ ...‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻏﺮﺑﺖ ﺷﻤﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺳﮑﻦ ﺣﻔﻴﻒ ﺳﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻃﻠﻊ ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺍ ﺑﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺷﺮﺍﻕ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻌﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻻﻧﻔﺎﺫ ﮐﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪۲۳‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻕ ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﻳﺼﻴﺢ ﻭﻳﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻵﻓﺎﻕ ‪«...‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ »ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ« ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﻘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻋﺒﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ۲۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٦-١٧‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۳‬ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ ,،٣‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ٢٣ ,،۱۴‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ‪، ١٩١٢‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٥‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind136 136‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:49‬‬ ‫‪١٣٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻢ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬ ‫‪۲۴‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪﻡ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺸﺮﻳّﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻋﻬﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺒﻴّﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻠﻞ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﻨﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ...‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ...‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ...‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﻞ ﻭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻠّﻴ |ﻪ ﺩﻋﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻃﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺒﻴّﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﻋﻠﻲ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻋﺪﻝ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﻴّﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ّ‬ ‫‪۲۵‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺴﺖ‪«....‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻬﺪﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺻﻴﺘﻨﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﺝ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫»ﻳﺎ ﺍﻏﺼﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻗ ّﻮﺕ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻪ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻪ ﻣﻜﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ |ﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ‪ .‬ﻭﺻﻴّﺔ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪۲۶‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﴽ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺼﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪«...‬‬ ‫ﺍﻏﺼﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﺴﺒﻴﻦ ّ‬

‫ﻳﮏ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺒﻮﻧﺰ )‪ (Gibbons‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺰﻳﻤﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺧﺘﺮﺵ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫‪ ۲۴‬ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘ ‪،‬ﺮ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ ، ٣‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ٢٧ ،١١‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‪ ١٩١٢‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٢،‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۵‬ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘ ‪،‬ﺮ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ ،٣‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ٢٣ ،١٤‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ١٩١٢‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ‪١٠،‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٧‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind137 137‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:49‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٣٨‬‬

‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪۲۷‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﻭﺭﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻬﺮ |ﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﺒ |ﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﻳّﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻨﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺷﺶ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ّ‬‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻃﺎﻕﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﺻﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ‪،‬ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺗﺠﺮﺑ |ﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻮﺱ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﺍ ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﺁﻟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻲﻧﮕﺮﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﭼﻬﺮ |ﻩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺷﮑﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺸﻲ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻌﮑﺲ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ۲۸.‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻗ ّﻮﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﻟﻮﺍ! ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﺳﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻢ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻣﻌﻴّﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺪﻱ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭﺵ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻣﮑﺘﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﻭ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺍ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ‬ ‫‪۲۹‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺷﻌﻒ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﻲ ﺳﺮﺍﭘﺎﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻟﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻟﺤﻈﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻠّﻲ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺳﮑﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﭘﺮﻧﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪ ۲۷‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۸‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۹‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind138 138‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:49‬‬ ‫‪١٣٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻢ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬

‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺒﺨﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪۳۰‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻟﻮﺍ ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ۳۱.‬ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ‪ ۳۲‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ »ﻟﻮﺡ ﻏﺼﻦ« ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻗ ّﻮﺕ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ‬ ‫‪۳۳‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪۳۴‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺪﻳﻨ |ﻪ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﺮﻏﻢ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﺍﺋﺮﻳﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﻣﻘﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﭼﺎﭖ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺟﻤ |ﻪ »ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﻋﻬﺪﻱ«‪ ,‬ﻭﺻﻴﺘﻨﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺡ ﻏﺼﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ »ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ«‪ ,‬ﺩﺭﮎ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻏﻠﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٣٤‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ۳۰‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۱‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۲‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﺯﺭﻗﺎﻧﻲ )ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ( ﻧﮕﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﺝ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ »ﻟﻮﺡ ﻏﺼﻦ«‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ »ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ« ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻄﻘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﺭﺝ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪» :‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ »ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ« ﺭﺍ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻤﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻟﻮﺍ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﺒﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺷﻌﻠ |ﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺘّﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖﻫﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻫﴼ ﺳﻪ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ ‪ ١٨‬ﺟﻮﻥ ‪ ١٩١٢‬ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬‫‪ ۳۳‬ﺯﺭﻗﺎﻧﻲ ‪ .١٣٧‬ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﺯﺭﻗﺎﻧ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻱ ‪) GOD PASSES BY‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪) (١٩٨٢‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۴‬ﺷﻮﻗﻲ ﺍﻓﻨﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ .٢٨٨ (١٩٧٩‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﺞ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺒﻌﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻲ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﺪﻳﻨ |ﻪ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind139 139‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:49‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٤٠‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﷲ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ »ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ« ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺻﺮﻳﺤﴼ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴّﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺏ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻫ |ﻪ ‪ ١٩٣٠‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻳﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌ |ﻪ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ »ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ« ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﷲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻳﮑﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﮐﻠّﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔ |ﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻮ‬‫ﻟﻴﮑﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻘﺎﺗﻲ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪۳۵‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«...‬‬

‫»ﺳﺮﺍﷲ« »ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ« ﻭ َﻣﺜَﻞ ﺍﻋﻼﻱ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺗﺒ |ﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺑﻲ ﻣﺜﻴﻞ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻠﻲ ﺻﻨﻊ ﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺁﺕ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭﺵ ﻭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻋﻼﻱ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺒﻴّﻦ ﻣﺼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﺶ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﮐﻠّﻴ |ﻪ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻭ ﻏﺼﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻨﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻏﺼﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻑ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻳﺖ ﺻﻠﺢ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍِﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺠﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ﻗﻤﺮ ﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﻉ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻢ ﻭ ﺍﮐﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺴﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﻢ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ّ‬ ‫»ﺳﺮ ﺍﷲ« ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﻴﻊ ّ‬‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻱ ‪،The Dispensation of Bahá'u'lláh‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۵‬ﺷﻮﻗﻲ ﺍﻓﻨﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ (١٩٧٩‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٣٢‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺁﺭﺍﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ )ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind140 140‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:49‬‬ ‫‪١٤١‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻢ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺣﺎﮐﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴّﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻔﺲ‬ ‫‪۳۶‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻭ ﻣﺘّﺤﺪ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬‫ّ‬

‫‪ ۳۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٣ ٤‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind141 141‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:49‬‬ ‫ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٤٢‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind142 142‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:49‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‬

‫ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺟﺮﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ »ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ« ﻭ »ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺭﺑّﺎﻧﻲ« ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻭ ﻋﻄﻮﻓﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺗﮑﻠّﻔﻲ ﻭﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮ |ﻩ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺒﺨﻨﺪﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺷﺎﻣﺪﮔﻮﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﻟﺐ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺩﻣﺎﻧﻲ‪ ,،‬ﻏﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻩ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺷﮑﺒﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺟﻤﻌﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﭘﺮﺳﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ً‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺼﻤﺎﻧﻪ ‪ ,،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺩﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﻄﻮﻑ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ‪ ,،‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺷﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺷﺎﻣﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺟﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﮑﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‬‫ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﻫﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﮐﻨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻮﺧﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻮﺽ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺣﻈ |ﻪ ﺧﻀﻮﻉ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ‬ ‫‪۱‬‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺥ ﻃﺒﻌﻲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﮐﻢ ﮐﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻭ ﺟﺪﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﻓﺮﻭﮐﺶ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ۱‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind143 143‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:49‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٤٤‬‬

‫ﻳﮏ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﮐﻠﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﺷﻴﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪» .‬ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺭﻗﺺ ﻭ ﺑﺸﮑﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺴﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻬﻴﺪ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺸﮑﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻌﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﺯﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺏ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻏﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻩ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﺒﺎﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺳﻴ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺑﺮﻭﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﭼﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺒﻴﻨ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺳﺠﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻱ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﻡ‬ ‫‪۳‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘ ‪،‬ﻢ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻘﻠﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻏﺒﺖ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﻣﻨﺼﺮﻑ‪«...‬‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻠﺒﻲ ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﮐﺮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺷﮏ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺯﺩﻭﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻴﺖ ﮐﺮﻭ ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒ |ﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﺳﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻧﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﮑﺎﺭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺶ ﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻔﻘﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺶ ﺟﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺴﺮ ﺧﺮﺩﺳﺎﻟ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﮑﻠﻔﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺴﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﺯﺵ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺴﺮ ﺧﺮﺩﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻢ ﭘﺰﺷﮑﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﮋﺍﺩ‪ ,،‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻨﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺷﺮﻭﻳﻲ‬

‫‪ ۲‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۳۲‬‬ ‫‪ ۳‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۴۴‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind144 144‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:49‬‬ ‫‪١٤٥‬‬ ‫ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻭ ﻋﻄﻮﻓﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﺯﻭﺝ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗ ّﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ »ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ« ﻭ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ »ﺧﻮﺷﻘﺪﻡ«‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪ |ﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻱ ﻏﺮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﺼﺐ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻣ ً‬ ‫‪۴‬‬ ‫ﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻩﺍ‪.‬‬‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻧﺶ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺣﮑﻤﺎﻱ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫‪۵‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻮﺯ |ﻩ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺯ ‪،‬ﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﻳ |ﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠّﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺟﺎﺯ |ﻩ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻦ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺟﻠﻮﺱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺒﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺮﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺎﺯ |ﻩ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺟﻤﻠ |ﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻟﺒﺨﻨﺪﻱ ﺯﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺸﻴﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻨﺸﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﺍﺣﺖﺗﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫‪۶‬‬ ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺒﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﻨﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﻫﺮﻳﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﻭ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻻﻫﻮﭖ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪ ۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۴۶‬‬ ‫‪ ۵‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۴۳‬‬ ‫‪ ۶‬ﺟﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind145 145‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:50‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٤٦‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺎ‪ ,‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﻦ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺭﻓﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺶ ﺭﻭﺩﺍ ﻧﻴﮑﻮﻟﺲ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﻓﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﺩﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺭﻭﺩﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺸ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪۷‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﺟﻮﺵ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺁﮔﻨﺲ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻮﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺳﻌﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ‬ ‫»ﻳﮏ ﻧﮑﺘ |ﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻓﺎﻳﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﺶ ﺑﺮﺳ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺟﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﻢ‪ .‬ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻣ ّﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ «.‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪» :‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﭘﺎﺭﺗﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻴ ‪،‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻢ‪ «.‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﭘﺴﻨﺪﻳﺪ ‪،‬ﻡ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺧﻮ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪۸‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﮐﺮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ‪«.‬‬

‫ﻦ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺧﺒﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘ ‪،‬‬

‫»ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌ ً‬ ‫ﻼ ﻣﻮﮐﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﮑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ‬ ‫‪ ۷‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬ ‫ﻦ ‪ ) LUA GETSINGER, HERALD OF THE COVENANT‬ﺁﮐﺴﻔﻮﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ‬ ‫‪ ۸‬ﻭﻟﺪﺍ ﭘﻴﻒ ﻣﺘﺎﻟﻤ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﺭﻭﻧﺎﻟﺪ ‪١١٥(١٩٩٧‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind146 146‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:50‬‬ ‫‪١٤٧‬‬ ‫ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﮐﻨ ‪،‬ﻢ ﭘﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭ ّﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪۹‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺻﻲ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﻭﻧﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘ ‪،‬ﻢ ﻧﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﮑﻮﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮑﻲ ّ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﭼﻤﻦﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﻣﻲﮐﺸﻴﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪۱۰‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻍ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎ ِﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﻭ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻍ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭼﻤﻦﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫‪۱۱‬‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺶ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﺆﺩﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻏﻞ ﻭ ﻏﺶ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﻲ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﺒﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻲﺧﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺮﺍﻝ ﭘﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ )‪ (Admiral Peary‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮﻥ ﻟﻴﮓ )‪ (Union League‬ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻭﮐﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻻﺕ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ‬‫ّ‬ ‫ﺺ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﮐﺠﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻱ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺸﻒ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺫﻫﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺮﺍﻝ ﭘﺮ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪۱۲‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺮﺍﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻡ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻻﺕ‬

‫‪ ۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‬ ‫‪ ۱۰‬ﺟﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۱‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۴۷‬‬ ‫‪۱۲‬ﺟﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮ ‪،‬ﻥ ‪٢٧٢-٢٧٣‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind147 147‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:50‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٤٨‬‬ ‫‪۱۳‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐﻨﻲ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩ ‪،‬ﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻤﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻧﺘﮑﻠﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﺎﺗﺸﺎﻥ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ‬‫»ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻼﺀ ﮐﻠﻤﺔﺍﷲ ﺑﺂﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻋﺒﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﷲ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺯﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻳﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺷﺼﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻔﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﺘﻮﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﺍﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻧﺘﮑﻠﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﻣ |ﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻧﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴ |ﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﺦ ﻏﺬﺍ ﻭ‬ ‫‪۱۴‬‬ ‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺰﻳﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ‬ ‫ﺿﻴﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ ٢٩‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻬﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ )‪ ,(Roy Wilhelm‬ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻮﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﻏﺮﺑﻲ )‪ (West Englewood‬ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻧﺘﮑﻠﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻡ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻳﮏ ﺿﻴﺎﻓﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺑﺮﭘﺎ ﮐﻨﻢ‪ ...‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳ |ﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ‬

‫‪ ۱۳‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۵۷‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۴‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ ‪|،‬ﻪ ‪١۳٢‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind148 148‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:50‬‬ ‫‪١٤٩‬‬ ‫ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ‪ ,‬ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﻍ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻏﺬﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻢ ﻭ ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁ ‪،‬ﻥ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪,،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻣﻨﺠﺬﺏ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﮐﺮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪,،‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻴﮑﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺡ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁ ‪،‬ﻥ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺍﺯﻫﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘ ‪،‬ﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻭﺭﺍ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬ ‫‪۱۵‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮ ّﺩﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻮﻭﺩ )‪ (West Englewood‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺗﻲﻧﮏ)‪ (Teaneck‬ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺷﻬﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻳﺖ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫‪۱۶‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭ ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻮﻭﺩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻓﺎﺗﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﻬﻮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻬﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻳﻮ)‪(، Ohio‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺑﺰﺭﮒ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﺪﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﺍﻱ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﺬﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻣﻮﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ »ﺭﻭﺯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ« ﻭ ﺩﺭ »ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩ« ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ۱۵‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ٢٠٦-٢٠٧ (١٩٨٢‬ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫﺪ ‪٩٨‬‬ ‫‪DECADES OF PRIDE SHATTERED T‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۶‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﺸﺪ ‪،‬ﻩ ‪، he New York Times‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۲ ،‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ‪ ۳۰ ,،١٩٩٠‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ۲۰۰۹‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪http://www.nytimes.com/1990/04/12/nyregion/decades-of-pride-‬‬ ‫‪shattered.html‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind149 149‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:50‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٥٠‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻟﻮﺭﺍ ﺟﻮﻧﺰ )‪ (Lora Jones‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺴﺎﻳﮕﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻮﻧﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺰﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻬﻠﻢ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺰﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻬﻠﻢ ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺩﻭﺩﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﮏ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻬﻠﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻗﻬﻮ |ﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﭘﺪﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻔﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻌﻲ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﺩﺍﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ |ﻩ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﻪﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺗﺸﺎﻥ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻬﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻗ |ﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٧‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺷﺶ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻮﺩﻳ ‪،‬ﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﮑﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻏﺬﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺍﺋﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺸﻘﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺸﻘﺎﺏ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻴ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪۱۷‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﮏ ﺷﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻬﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻳﮏ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻬﻠﻢ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻀﻮﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﻣﻠّﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺒﻠّﻐﻲ‬

‫‪ ۱۷‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻬﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ ، ٨٠٧ ,،٩‬ﺑﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫﺪ ‪.٨٩-٩٠ ,،‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind150 150‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:50‬‬ ‫‪١٥١‬‬ ‫ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺳﻴﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺗﻼﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﺎﺭﺗﺎ ﺭﻭﺙ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ |ﻩ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺩﻱ ﻗﻠﺒﻢ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ‪ ۱۸«.‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻬﻠﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻲ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ ﺷﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻱ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻬﻠﻢ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﻔﺎ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﷲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﭘﺮﻫﻴﺰﮔﺎﺭﻱ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻲﻧﻈﻴﺮﺵ‬ ‫‪۱۹‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺳﺘﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪....‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺿﻴﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩﻭﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺻﺒﺢ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻮﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﻋﻮﺽ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻓﺮﺷﻲ ﻳﮑﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻨ ّﻘﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻼﻳﻤﻲ ﻣﻲﻭﺯﻳﺪ‪ ۲۰.‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺴﻢ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ‪ ,،‬ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ‪,،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﮑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺑﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺖ‬ ‫»‪...‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﺾ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺭﻭ ‪،‬ﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﻋ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻻﺑﺪ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﺵ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‪ ...‬ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﴼ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﺶ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮑﻲ ﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺧﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺸﻴﺪ‪ ...‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻌﻲ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ...‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺁﻳﻴﻨﻪﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﺪﻳﺴﺖ‪ ...‬ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺁﻳﻴﻨ |ﻪ ﻗﻠﻤﺮﻭ ﺍﺑﻬﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫‪ ۱۸‬ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫ ‪،‬ﺪ ‪ ،EARLY BAHAI’S‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٩٨‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٩٩‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۰‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۳۹‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind151 151‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:50‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٥٢‬‬

‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﻣﻼﺀ ﺍﻋﻠﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﮐﺒﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ‪ ...‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫‪۲۱‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﮔﻔﺘ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪«...‬‬

‫‪۲۲‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻄﺮ ﻭ ﮔﻼﺏ ﻣﻌﻄﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺒﺮﮎ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻏﺮﺵ ﺭﻋﺪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ّ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺟﺎ ّﺩﻩ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺎ ّﺩﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﻭﺯﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮﺍﮐﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺿﻴﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ۲۳‬ﻭ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻨﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫‪۲۴‬‬ ‫ﭘﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺷﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ‪,،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻠ |ﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷ ‪،‬‬

‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۱‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ .٢١٣-٢١٥(١٩٨٢‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Rejoice, for the heavenly table is prepared for you‬‬ ‫‪.Rejoice,for the angels of heaven are your assistants and helpers‬‬ ‫‪.Rejoice, for the glance of the Blessed Beauty, Bahá’u’lláh, is directed upon you‬‬ ‫‪.Rejoice, for Bahá’u’lláh is your Protector‬‬ ‫‪.Rejoice, for the everlasting glory is destined for you‬‬ ‫‪Rejoice, for the eternal life is awaiting you. How many blessed souls have‬‬ ‫‪longed for this radiant century, their utmost hopes and desires centered‬‬ ‫‪upon the happiness and joy of one such day as this… God has favored‬‬ ‫‪you in this century and has specialized you for the realization of its‬‬ ‫‪…blessings‬‬ ‫‪First, you must become united and agreed among yourselves… In the‬‬ ‫‪path of God one must forget himself entirely… It is my hope that you may‬‬ ‫‪.become like this‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۲‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۴۰‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۳‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۴‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۴۰‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind152 152‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:50‬‬ ‫‪١٥٣‬‬ ‫ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻟﻮﺍ ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ‪ ,‬ﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﮐﺴﻮﺋﻞ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺎﺭﺟﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺗﻦ ‪ ,،‬ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻳﺎ ﮔﺎﺭﻧﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺍﻝ ﺗﻮﻣﺎﺱ )‪ (Neval Thomas‬ﮔﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﻤﻊﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﮑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮏ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻲﮐﺮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ »ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﻨﺪ‪ ۲۵«.‬ﻭ ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﮑﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻮﻭﺩ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺩﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭ ‪،‬ﺯ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻳﮑﺸﻨﺒﻪ ﺳﻲﺍﻡ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮ ‪،‬ﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻗﻨﺴﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﺎﮐﻴﺎﻥ )‪Mr.‬‬ ‫‪ (Topakian‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﻳﺲ ﺗﺎﻭ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ )‪ (Morristown, NJ‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ‬ ‫‪۲۶‬‬ ‫ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﮑﺘ |ﻪ ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﺗ ّﻮﺟﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺫﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺳﺎﺋﺲ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻗﻀﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺋﻠ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺣﺒﺲ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺫﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ |ﻪ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺳﻠﺴﻠ |ﻪ ﻗﺎﺟﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻫﺮﺝ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺝ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺫﻳﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﺎﮐﻴﺎﻥ ﻗﺒ ً‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‪ ,‬ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺫﻳﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﮐﺮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫»ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﻣﺎ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺁﻭﺭ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻔﮑﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻋﻼﻗﻪﻣﻨﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻓﺨﺮ‬

‫‪ ۲۵‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۶‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۴۲‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind153 153‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:50‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٥٤‬‬ ‫‪۲۷‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺒﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺎﻫﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﺎﮐﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﻀﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺳﺮﺷﻨﺎﺱ‪ ,‬ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺷﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻋﮑﺎﺳﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻼﻕ ﻭ‬‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺧ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻓ ّﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﺋﻴﺲ ﭘﺎﺗﺮ )‪ (Louis Potter‬ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺴﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺳﺮﺷﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻫﻨﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺎﺭ |ﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻻﺳﮑﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻻﺳﮑﺎ ﻣﺠﺴﻤ |ﻪ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﮑﻴﻤﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻠﻴﻨﮕﻴﺖ‬ ‫)‪ (Tlingit Eskimos‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪١٩٠٥‬ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ ۲۸.‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺣﮏ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ۲۹.‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﻝ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻲ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻋﺎﺯﻡ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻭﻳﺸﻲ ﭼﻴﻨﻲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻴﺎﻫﻲ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻭﻳﺶ ﻋﺼﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﻫﻠﻮ‬ ‫‪۳۰‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﺁ ‪،‬ﻥ ﻟﻮﺋﻴﺲ ﭘﺎﺗﺮ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺳﭙﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻧﻲﻫﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺗﺎﺗﻮﻡ )‪ (Mrs. Tatum‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ‬

‫‪ ۲۷‬ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ ,،۳‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ,، ٨‬ﺍﻭﻝ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪١٣ ,١٩١٢‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۸‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﺸﺪ ‪،‬ﻩ ‪ ١٨ ،BIOGRAPHY OF LOUIS POTTER‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪http://www.askart.com/AskART/artists/biography.aspx?sear .‬‬ ‫‪chtype=BIO&artist=26516‬‬ ‫ﻦ ‪١٥ ،ONE AMERICAN ART MEDAL SERIES‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫‪ ۲۹‬ﺳﺎﻣﻮﺋﻞ ﭘﻨﻴﻨﮕﺘ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪http://www.maineantiquedigest.com/medal/medalscolumn2..‬‬ ‫‪htm‬‬ ‫ﺖ ‪ ،PEACH POISON KILLED POTTER‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺗﺎﻳﻤ ‪،‬ﺰ ﺍﻭﻝ‬ ‫‪ ۳۰‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‪ ١٩١٢‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪http://query.nytimes.com/mem/archive-free/pdf?res=F70B1EF83D541‬‬ ‫‪7738DDDA80894D1405B828DF1D3‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind154 154‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:50‬‬ ‫‪١٥٥‬‬ ‫ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺳﺎﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﻝ ﻫﺎﻝ )‪ (Sarah Graham Mullhall‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﺛﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺨﺪﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﮎ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺳﺎﺭﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﭘﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺵ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﻃﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻴﺖ )‪Al‬‬ ‫‪ (Smith‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺨﺪﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺼﴼ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻨﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺛﺮﻭﺗﻤﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺨﺪﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺛﺮﻭﺗﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻤ ّﻮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺖ ﭘﺎﺗﺮﻳﮏ )‪ (saint Patrick‬ﻭ ﺳﻨﺖ ﭘﺎﻭﻝ )‪(Saint Paul‬ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺰ ﻣﺤﺎﮐﻤﻪ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﻴ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﴼ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺨﺪﺭ‬ ‫‪۳۱‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺻﺮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﻘﻒﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺶ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻻﻫﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﭘﺎﮐﺴﺘﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺨ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﻤﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺨﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺗﻲ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ »ﻧﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ« ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ۳۲.‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻋﻼﻗ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺍ ‪،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺑﻨﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪۳۳‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺮﮊﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﻫﺎﺭﻻﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﺍﻭﺑﺮ)‪ (Harlan and Grace Ober‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ‬ ‫‪ ۳۱‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۲‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۳‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۴۴‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind155 155‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:50‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٥٦‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺎﺭﻻﻥ ﺍﻭﺑﺮ ﮐﺴﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠ ٧‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪﻧﺶ ﻧﮕﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻫﻮﭘﺮ ﻫﺮﻳﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻣﻪ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻣﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻱ‬ ‫‪۳۴‬‬ ‫ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺤﮑﻴﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻋﻼﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﮎ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻤﭙﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺩﺭﺳﺎﻟﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺌﺎﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺗﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺻﺤﻨﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫‪۳۵‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﻫﺮﺳﺖ )‪ (Hearst‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺖ‪:‬‬

‫ﺖ ﺁﻥ‬‫ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔ ‪،‬‬ ‫»ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﮑﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ...‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﺲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﻭﺡ ﭘﺮﺷﮑﻮﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪...‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗ ّﻮﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻓﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ‪ ,‬ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﺒﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺣﺎﻃ |ﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻤﻠﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻴﺠﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬

‫‪ ۳۴‬ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ‪٢٦٦-٢٧١ ،EARLY EXPANSION‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۵‬ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ ,،۳‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪، ٨ /٩‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٠‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind156 156‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:50‬‬ ‫‪١٥٧‬‬ ‫ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﺖ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ...‬ﺍﻭ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪۳۶‬‬ ‫ﺫﻭﻕ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﺮﺩﺑﻴﺮ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺪﻳﭙﻨﺪﻧﺖ )‪ (Independent‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻧ ّﻘﺎﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺠﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ....‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺣ ّﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩﺍﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﭘﻠﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪۳۷‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪«...‬‬

‫»ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺁﻭﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺁﺷﻮﺏ ﺁﻣﺪ ‪،‬ﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺻﻠﺢ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺗﻼﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺪﻡ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ ...‬ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﻱ ﺳﺮﺯﺩ ‪،‬ﻩ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ‪ ,‬ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ‬ ‫‪۳۸‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺖ ﺍﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻴﺰ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬

‫ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﻫﻔﺘﮕﻲ ﻫﺎﺭﭘﺮ )‪ (Harper’s Weekly‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫»ﺍﺷﻌﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻕ« ﺑﺎ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬

‫‪,،A MODERN PROPHET H‬ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪ ،١٩١٢‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪ ۳۶‬ﻫﻮﺑﺎﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ‪، earst’s Magazine‬‬ ‫ﺁﻟﻦ ﻭﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ‪١٠٥-١٠٧‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧ ‪،‬ﺬ ‪١١١‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪١١٢-١١٣‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind157 157‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:51‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٥٨‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻳﮑﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘّﺤﺪ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ ...‬ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻫﻢ‬‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒ ً‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺳﻴﻠ |ﻪ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﻦ‬ ‫ﺷﺼﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﭘﺎﻭﻝ )‪ (Paul‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ‬ ‫‪۳۹‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺖ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺰ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻭﻭﺩﺭﻭ ﻭﻳﻠﺴﻮﻥ‬ ‫)‪ (Woodrow Wilson‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮐﺎﻧﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺭﻳﺎﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ‪ ,‬ﻭﻳﻠﺴﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺤ ّﻘﻖ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﺗﻼﺵ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﷲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻠﺴﻦ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﮕﺎﺭﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ ﺑﻲﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺮﺍﺯ‬ ‫»ﻭﻭﺩﺭﻭ ﻭﻳﻠﺴﻦ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺟﺎﻭﻳﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻠّ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻣﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﺍﻳﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻬﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺍﻳﻔﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﻣ ّﻮﻓﻘﻴﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫‪۴۰‬‬ ‫ﻕ ﻧﺸﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﻓﺠﺮ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﻮﺩ‪«..‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻣﻴﺜﺎ ‪،‬‬

‫‪ ۳۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪١١٥-١١٦ ,‬‬ ‫‪ ۴۰‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻲ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻱ‪) ، CITADLE OF THE FAITH،‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪٣٦ (١٩٨٠‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind158 158‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:51‬‬ ‫‪١٥٩‬‬ ‫ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﮎ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind159 159‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:51‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﻬﻢ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ـ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺰﻳﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ‬‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﻭ ﻫﻔﺘ |ﻪ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﭼﻤﭙﻨﻲ )‪ ,(Champni‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺷﺸﻢ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﭘﻼﮎ ‪ ٣٠٩‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﮑﻮﻧﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ـ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﻣﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ |ﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳ |ﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﮐﻴّﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺳﻴﺎﻟﻴﺴﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ـ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺳﻴّﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﴼ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺤﻄﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﺸﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺷﮑﻨﺠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﮐﺸﺘﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻀﻞ‪ّ ,‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺵ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻏﻨﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺩ ﻏﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻏﻨﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻓﻼﺡ ﻭ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺁﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺰﻳﺰﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻑ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind160 160‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:51‬‬ ‫‪١٦١‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ـ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺪﺍﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﮔﺬﺷﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ۱.‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴّﺘﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺵ ﺩﻭﻟﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪:‬‬

‫»ﭼﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﮐﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﺑﻲﻣﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻏﻔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﮑﻨﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴّﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»‪...‬ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻻﺯﻡ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴّﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫‪۳‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪«...‬‬

‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻀﺎﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻢﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﮐﺎﻣ ً‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﮎ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ,،‬ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺗﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﮐﻼﻡ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴّﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭ ﻓﻼﺳﻔ |ﻪ ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ‬ ‫‪۴‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺩﻩ » ﻧﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻲ« ﺑﻪ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺯﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪۱‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PPROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪٢١٦ (١٩٨٢‬‬ ‫‪ ۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‬ ‫‪ ۳‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‬ ‫‪ ۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ‪٢٢٠‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind161 161‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:51‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٦٢‬‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﺬﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺼﻮﻣﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺧﺼﻮﻣﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫‪۵‬‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺎ ِﺭ‬ ‫‪۶‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮒ ﻳﮏ ﺷﺎﺧﺴﺎﺭ« ‪ ,،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﮒ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺠﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻘﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ...‬ﻋﻘﻞ‪ ,‬ﺍ ّﻭﻝ ﻣﻮﻫﺒﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻘﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ‪ ,‬ﺩﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻔﺎﻕ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ۷.‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻣ ّﻮﺩﺕ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ‬ ‫‪۸‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﺍﻝ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳ |ﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫»ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺭﺑﺎﺗﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻧﺮﻳﺰﻱﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ,،‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺼﺐ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ‪ ,‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺼﺐ ﺟﻨﺴﻲ‪ ,‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺼﺐ ﻭﻃﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺯﺍﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺍﺩﻟّ |ﻪ ﻋﻘﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﺸﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﮐﺮ |ﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﮏ ﻭﻃﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻱ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬

‫‪ ۵‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪۲۳۰ ,‬‬ ‫‪ ۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪He says, “Ye are all the leaves of one tree.” He does not say, “Ye are the‬‬ ‫‪leaves of two trees: one divine, the other satanic.” He has declared that‬‬ ‫‪each individual member of the human family is a leaf or branch upon‬‬ ‫‪the Adamic tree‬‬ ‫‪ ۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪.٢٣١ ,‬‬ ‫‪ ۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪٢٣١-٢٣٢ ,‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind162 162‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:51‬‬ ‫‪١٦٣‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ـ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬ ‫‪۹‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪,‬‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪ ,‬ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ...‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺷﺼﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗّﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‪ ۱۰.‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪,‬‬ ‫‪۱۱‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻝ ُﺳﻠﺰ)‪Unitarian All‬‬ ‫‪ (Souls‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮐﺮﻭﮒ )‪(Krug‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ )‪ (Grace‬ﮐﺮﻭﮒ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺷﮑﺮ ﻧﻌﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ‬ ‫‪۱۲‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﻫﻔﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮐﺮﻭﮒ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﺮﻭﮒ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮐﺮﻭﮒ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﺗﺸﻴﻴﻊ ﻭ ﺗﺪﻓﻴﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﮐﺮﻭﮒ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﺴﺮ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮐﺮﻭﮒ‪ ,‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫»‪ ...‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻳ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮐﺮﻭﮒ‬

‫‪ ۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪٢٣٢ ,‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۰‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪٢٣٢ ,‬‬ ‫‪۱۱‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ .۲۳۳ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Lack of equality between man and woman is, likewise, a cause of human‬‬ ‫‪dissension. Bahá’u’lláh has named this as an important factor of discord‬‬ ‫‪and separation, for so long as humankind remains unequally divided‬‬ ‫‪in right and importance between male and female, no unity can be‬‬ ‫‪established‬‬ ‫‪۱۲‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪،۳۶۹‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind163 163‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:51‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٦٤‬‬

‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺣﻀﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻳﮏ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﺩﻗﻴﻘ |ﻪ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﺐ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮐﺮﻭﮒ ﺑﻴﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ ,‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗ ‪،‬ﺎ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ!« ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮐﺮﻭﮒ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎ ﭘﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ؟ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﮔﺎﺭﺍﮊ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺳﮑﻮﻧﺖ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﺮﺩﻳ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮐﺮﻭﮒ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﻭﺣﺸﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺯﻭﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻫﺮﺍﺱ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺎ ﻣﻴﺨﮑﻮﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺩﻡ ﻣﺴﻠّﻂ ﺷﻮﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﺧﻮﺍﺑﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺠﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮐﺮﻭﮒ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧ ‪،‬ﻢ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ |ﻩ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﮐﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﻭﮒ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺩﺳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﺁﺭﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻣ ‪،‬ﺎ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ «.‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻳﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻼﻝ ﻭ ﺟﺒﺮﻭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﺑﺪﻱ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﭼﺸﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﻭﻍ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﺯﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺧﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻫﻨﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﺮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺷﺮ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﺑﻲﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻋﻤﺮﻱ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺸ ّﻘﺖ ﺭﻫﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻲﻫﻤﺘﺎﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﺭﻗ |ﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺯﺍﻧﻮ ﺯﺩﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﺸﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻟﺤﻈﺎﺕ ﻏﻢﺍﻓﺰ ‪،‬ﺍ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻼﻃﻔﺖ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﻓﮑﺮ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﺮ ﻣﻦ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻌﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﺻ ً‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﻨ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻼﻝ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪۱۳‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﮒ ‪ ،ACCOUNTS OF THE PASSING OF ABDU’L BAHA‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ‬ ‫‪۱۳‬ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﮐﺮﻭ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﮒ ‪ ،۳۸-۴۱‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺩﺭ ‪Dr. FLORIAN‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ ,،٧‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ,،٢‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘ |ﻪ ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﮐﺮﻭ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ KRUG D.1912‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ٢‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ‪ ،١٩١٢‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪http://www.centenary.bahai.us/photo/dr-florian-krug-d-1924‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind164 164‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:51‬‬ ‫‪١٦٥‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ـ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬

‫ﮒ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﺮﻭ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺗﺮﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻋﺰﻳﻤﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ّﻃﻲ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻨﮓ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻓﺮﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻣﻨﻄﻘ |ﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﮑﺎﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﻠﻐﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﺁﻟﺒﺎﻧﻲﻫﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺿﺪ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺗﺴﻠﻂ ﺩﺍﺷ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﻧﺘﻨﮕﺮﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺟﺮﻗﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺍ ّﻭﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩١٤‬ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﮓ ﺣﺲ ﺗﻨﻔﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺼﺐ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﮎﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻓﮑﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﺮﮎ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻫﺘﻞﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫‪۱۴‬‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻫﺘﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺮﺏ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ٣٠٩‬ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﭼﻤﭙﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﻫﻔﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﻏﺮﺑ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﮎ ﺭﻳﻮﺭﺳﺎﻳﺪ)‪Riverside‬‬ ‫‪ (Park‬ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﻫﻮﺩﺳﻦ )‪(Hudson River‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﮎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺩﺭﻳﮏ ﻻﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪ )‪(Fredric Law Olmsted‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺩﺭﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻧﺒﻮﻏﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻼﺕ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﮎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﭘﺮﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺻﻠﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﺥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ ,،‬ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻋﻼﻗ |ﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻔﻆ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩ |ﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ |ﻩ ﻳﻮﺯﻣﻴﺖ )‪Yosemite‬‬ ‫‪ (Valley‬ﻭ ﺁﺑﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺎﮔﺎﺭﺍ ﻣﮑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻘﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻧﺼﺪ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﻟﺞ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﺗﻮ ّﺳﻂ ﮐﻤﭙﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻥ ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺧ ‪،‬ﺮ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺫﻫﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺘﻼ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺷﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪۱۴‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪،۳۶۸‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind165 165‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:51‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٦٦‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺎﺭﮎ ﺭﻳﻮﺭﺳﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳّﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻮﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻟﺬﺕ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭼﻤﻦﻫﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭﮎ ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻴﻤﮑﺘﻲ ﻣﻲﻧﺸﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺷﻨﺎﺱﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻨ ّﻔﺬﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‪ ,،‬ﺁﻧﺪﺭﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﻧﮕﻲ )‪ ,،(Andrew Carnegie‬ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺪﺭﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﻧﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﮑﺎﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﻓﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﻓﻘﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻴﮑﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺪﺭﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻳ ‪،‬ﺪ ﭘﺪﺭﺵ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺰﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺪﺭﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﺳﮑﺎﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﭘﻴﺘﺴﺒﻮﺭﮒ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺴﻴﻠﻮﺍﻧﻴﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺪﺭﻭ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﭘﻨﺴﻴﻠﻮﺍﻧﻴﺎ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﺁﻫﻦ ﻭ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺒﻮﻍ ﺍﻭ ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٠‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﮐﻤﭙﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﻧﮕﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺪﺭﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺒﻮﻍ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻃﺮﻓﺪﺍﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ـ ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺼﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﻫﻤﺴﺘﻴﺪ )‪Homestead‬‬ ‫‪ (Strike‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٨٩٢‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺁﻧﺪﺭﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺪﺷﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ـ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻼﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺷﻬﺮﻭﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩﻳ |ﻪ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻻﻫﻪ )ﻫﻴﮓ ‪ (Hague‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻠﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ‬ ‫‪۱۵‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻭ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﻠﻎ ‪ ٤٨٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺩﻻﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻲ ﭘﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﮔﺎﻥ‪,‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺻ |ﻪ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺛﺮﻭﺗﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫ |ﻪ ‪١٩٦٠‬‬

‫ﺖ ‪ ،ANDREW CARNEGIE‬ﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬‫‪ ۱۵‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪ‪http://www.vredespaleis.nl .‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind166 166‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:51‬‬ ‫‪١٦٧‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ـ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬ ‫‪۱۶‬‬ ‫ﺛﺮﻭﺗﻤﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲ ﺷﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺮﻭﺧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺭﻧﮕﻲ ﻣﺼ ّﻤﻢ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺻﺮﻑ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺒﻠﻎ‬ ‫‪ ٣٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺩﻻﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺴﺐ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻠﻮﻥ )‪,(Carnegie Mellon University‬‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻲ )‪ ,(Carnegie Hall، NYC‬ﻣﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﻓﮑﺮﻱ)‪Carnegie‬‬ ‫‪ ,(Endowment for Peace‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ )ﻣﺆﺳﺴ |ﻪ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺭﻧﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ )‪Carnegie Institute of Washington for‬‬ ‫‪ ,(Scientific Research‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﻤﮏ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ )ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻔﺮﻣﻠﻴﻦ )‪ (Carnegie Dunfermline Trust‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻄﺎﻱ ﮐﻤﮏ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻔﺮﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﮑﺎﺗﻠﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫‪۱۷‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺆ ّﺳﺴﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﮔﺬﺍﺷ ‪،‬‬

‫ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻻﻳﻠﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻧﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ‪ ,‬ﻋﻼﻗ |ﻪ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒ |ﻪ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩١٥‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﮑﺴﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ‬

‫ﺖ ‪ ،ANDREW CARNEGIE‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ۱۶‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/amex/caregie/peopleevents/pande01.html‬‬ ‫ﺖ ‪ ،ANDREW CARNEGIE’S LEGACY‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫‪ ۱۷‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪http://Carnegie.org/about-us/foundation-history/about-andrew-‬‬ ‫‪/carnegie/Carnegie-for-kids/Andrew-carnegie-legacy‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind167 167‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:51‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ١٦٨ .‫ﻃﻠﺐ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﻢ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻨ ّﻔﺬﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺩ‬، ‫ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﮐﺮ‬,‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭﮐﻤﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺱ‬ ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧ |ﻪ‬.‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻫﻨﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺸﻢ‬,‫ﻣﻮﺭﮔﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮ ّﺳﻂ‬، ‫ ﺭﻓﺘﻨ‬,‫ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ :‫ﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬، ‫ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﺷ‬

‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‬,‫»ﺍﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗﺖ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﺒﺸﺮ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ‬

Carnegie Exaled .‫ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬١٩١٥ ‫ ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬٢٧ ,،١١ ‫ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ‬,،٦ ‫ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬,، ‫ ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ‬۱۸ ‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬۱۹۱۵ ‫ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬، ,by Bahaist Leader The New York Times http://querry.nytimes.com/mem/archive-free/pdf?res=9E06E5DC17 .‫ﺷﺪ‬ 31E733A05756C0A96F9C946496D6CF :‫ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬، ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ‬ To the noble personage, his Excellency Mr. Andrew Carnegie May God assist him All the leaders and statesmen of Europe are thinking on the plane of war and the annihilation of the mansion of humanity, but thou (Carnegie) art thinking on the plane of peace and love and the strengthening and reinforcement of the basis of the superstructure of the human world. They are the heralds of death, thou art the harbinger of life. The foundations of their palaces are unstable and wavering and the turrets of their mansions are tottering and crumbling, but the basis of thy structure is firm and unmovable … …Today the most important object of the kingdom of God is the promulgation of the cause of universal peace and the principle of the oneness of the world of humanity. Whosoever arises in the accomplishment of this preeminent service the confirmations of the holy spirit will descend upon him …… Therefore, before long a vast and unlimited field will be opened before your view for the display of your powers and energies. You and the confirmation of the holy spirit. I am praying in thy behalf that thou mayest erect a pavilion and unfurl a flag in the world of peace, love, and eternal life … must promote this .glorious intention with the heavenly power

Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind168 168 17.05.2014 16:08:52 ‫‪١٦٩‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ـ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺆﻳّﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻏﻔﺮﺍﻥ ﻏﺮﻕ ﻓﺮﻣﺎ‪«...‬‬ ‫‪۱۹‬‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻼﺵ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻱ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘّﺤﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﮏ ﺗﮏ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﺴﻦ ﺭﻳﻤﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﺰﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﻢ ﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺗﻼﺵ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻧﮑﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﺯ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻴﺴﻦ ﺭﻳﻤﻲ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺁﺷﺘﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻑ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺟﺮﺍ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﻣﻦ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺩﺧﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﻫﻮﭘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻟﺶ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪» :‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺗﻔﺎﻫﻢ ﻭ‬‫ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﺧﻮ ‪،‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺏ« ﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒ ً‬ ‫ﻼ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ‬ ‫‪۲۰‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻮﺭ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﮐﻤﮑﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪﺍﺵ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﺴﻦ ﺭﻳﻤﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ‬

‫‪ ۱۹‬ﺍﻟﻦ ﻭﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ‪١٨٦-١٨٧، Days 236‬‬ ‫‪۲۰‬ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind169 169‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:52‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٧٠‬‬

‫ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻴﺴﻦ ﺭﻳﻤﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫‪۲۱‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﻔﻘﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻘﺾ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻠّﻐﻴﻦ ﺍﻭﻟﻴ |ﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ‪ ,‬ﻧﻘﺾ ﻋﻬﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﮐﻨﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﻘﺾ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳ ّﻤﻲ ﮐﺸﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﻘﺾ ﻋﻬﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻗﻀﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺁ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘّﺤﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻧﻘﺾ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮﺍﮐﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠ ًﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪ |ﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,،‬ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ ‪ ,،‬ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻘﺾ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﻭ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻗﻀﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺢ‬ ‫ﺳﻢ ﻣﻬﻠﮏ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺮ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻞ »ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺃﻓﺖ« ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻮ ّﺳﻂ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻠّﻐﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ‪ ,‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫)‪ ,(Nutt‬ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,،‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﻣ |ﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻗﻀﻴﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ ۲۱‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind170 170‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:52‬‬ ‫‪١٧١‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ـ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺿﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫‪۲۲‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺎﻗﻀﻴﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ »ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ« ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺣﺰﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻩ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻗ |ﻪ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻃﺎﻋﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﴽ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺎﻗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺷﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ‬‫ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﭘﻮﻟﺲ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﭘﺎﻭﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻢ‪ ۲۳«.‬ﻭ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺣﻴﺮﺕ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﺍﺩ‪» :‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﻧﺸﺪﻩﺍﻡ!«‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺗﺄﻧﻲ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻻ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫‪۲۴‬‬ ‫ﺁﻏﻮﺵ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻣﺘﺰﻟﺰﻝ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ١٦‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ‬ ‫‪ ١٩١٣‬ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻘﻠﻲ ﺧﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺾ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺗﻮﺑﻪ ﮐﺮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﺸﺪ‪ «.‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻋﺪ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﴽ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳّﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺸﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻣﻲ )‪(Miami‬‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺷﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﻮﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ‬

‫‪ ۲۲‬ﺭﺍﺑﺮﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ ‪MACNUTT, HOWARD.،‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۳‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‪ ، ,‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind171 171‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:52‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٧٢‬‬ ‫‪۲۵‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻧﮋﺍﺩ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻓﺎﺋﻖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻫﻴﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺷﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﮏ ﻣﺎﮐﺴﻮﻱ )‪Frank‬‬ ‫‪ (Moxey‬ﺷﺎﻋﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﭘﺮﺕ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﮏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ‪,‬ﮐﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺷﻌﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺏ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﮏ ﻣﺎﮐﺴﻮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﺩﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﻌﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺷﺎﻋﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪۲۶‬‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﺩﻭ ﻫﻔﺘ |ﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺭ ّﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﮎ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺯﺟﺮ ﻭ ﺟﻔﺎ‬ ‫»ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﺒﺘﻼﻱ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻱ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ ...‬ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ |ﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻩ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺣ ّﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻱ‬ ‫‪۲۷‬‬ ‫ﮐﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺑﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻣﻠّﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻬﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺻﻴﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭﻱ‪«...‬‬

‫‪ ۲۵‬ﺭﺍﺑﺮﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ ‪MACNUTT, HOWARD.‬‬ ‫ﺏ ‪،ABDU’L -BAHA IN EGYPT‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۶‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ )،‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‪٥١,(١٩٢٩ .J.H.Sears and Company Inc،‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۷‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪٤٣٧ ,(١٩٨٢‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind172 172‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:52‬‬ ‫‪١٧٣‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ـ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻫﻴﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﺎﮐﺴﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﻳﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﺪﻑ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻣﻠﺖ ﻭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﮐﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺘّﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺷﻮﻳﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫‪۲۸‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻭﺭﺍﻱ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻏﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﺧﻄﺎﺑ |ﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧ |ﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﺨﺮ ﻧﻔﺮﻭﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻴﺮﺧﻮﺍﻩ ﺷﻤﺮﻧﺪ‪ ...‬ﻗﻠﻮﺑﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻐﺺ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﮔﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺷﮑﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﮑﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻣﺴﮑﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻓﺴﺮﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻤﺨﻮﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‪ ، ,‬ﻣﺨﻠﺺ‬ ‫‪۲۹‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻓﺎﺩﺍﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎﺀ ﻫﺪﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻫﺪﻳﻪﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﺎﺑ |ﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺪﺩﴽ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻭ ﻳﮑﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺣﮑﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺗﺪﺑﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯﺗﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺸ ّﻌﻲ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮐﺴﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ‬

‫‪ ۲۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ‪٤٤٢-٤٤٣‬‬ ‫‪ ۲۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ‪٤٥٣‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind173 173‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:52‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٧٤‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ...‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻗﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺍﻟﻬﻮﺱ ﻭ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ﺳﻌﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺪﻡ‬ ‫‪۳۰‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻻﻝ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻞ ﺁﻟﻮﺩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪«...‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﻫﻔﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺘﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺳﻪ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒ ‪،‬ﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﻣﺆ ّﺳﺴ |ﻪ ﺷﺠﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ)‪ (Genealogical Hall‬ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺷﺠﺮﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪ ١٨٧٩‬ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﻑ ﮐﺸﻒ ‪ ,،‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺎﻋ |ﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺐ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺡ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ـ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ـ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪ ۳۱.‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‬ ‫‪۳۲‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪١٩١٢‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺧﻄﺎﺑ |ﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﺷﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠ |ﻪ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺗﻴﺎﺳﻔﻲ ﻫﺎ )‪(Theosophical Society‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٨٧٥‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﮐﺰﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯﺍﻫﺎﻟﻲ ﺷﻮﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﻼﻭﺍﺳﮑﻲ )‪Elna‬‬ ‫‪ (Petra Belawski‬ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎ ﺩﺭﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺭﻣﻨﻲ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﴼ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺤﺘﻠﻒ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ‬‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺯﺑﺮﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺻﻮﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻠﮏ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺗﺒّﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺗﻴﺎﺳﻔﻲﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺮﺗﺎﺽ ﻫﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﻲ‬

‫‪٤٥٥-٤٥٦ ۳۰‬‬ ‫ﺖ ‪ ٥ ,،HISTORY OF NYG AND B‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۱‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪http://www.newyorkfamilyhistory.org/history-nygbs‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind174 174‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:52‬‬ ‫‪١٧٥‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ـ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬ ‫‪۳۳‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻠﺴﻔ |ﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺳﻔﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﴼ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭ ﻳﮑﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺯ ﻓﮑﺮ‪ ,‬ﺗﻴﺎﺳﻔﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣ ّﻬﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫‪۳۴‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﻠﺴﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻔﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﺘﻞ ﮔﺮﻳﺖ ﻧﻮﺭﺗﺮﻥ )‪ (Great Northern Hotel‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ١١٨‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﭘﺎﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﺮﻱ ﻧﮕﺬﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺘﻞ ﻳﮑﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩ ﻫﺘﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻧﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﺮﺩ ﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻘﻴّﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎ ﮔﻴﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺘﻞ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﻣﺤﻠّﻲ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺳﺎﮐﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻧﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ «.‬ﮐﺮﺍﻳ |ﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺷﺒﻲ ‪ ٢‬ﺩﻻﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ۳۵.‬ﺍّﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪١٩١٢‬ﺳﻴﺎﻫﭙﻮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺎﺯ |ﻩ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺳﻌﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻋﺪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﻫﭙﻮﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺼﺒﺎﻧﻴّﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫‪ ۳۳‬ﺑﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻮﺭﻳﺲ ﺯﺭﮐﻒ ‪،BIOGRAPHICAL ARTICLE ON H.P. BLAVATSKY ،‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ,،٣ - ٨، ١٩٦٨‬ﺗﺌﻮﺳﻔﻴﻬﺎ )‪ .(LA/CA‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪http://www.blavatskyarchives.com/longseal.htm‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۴‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ، ,THE EMILY SELLON MEMORIAL LIBRARY،‬ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪http://www.theosophy-ny.org/836.html‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۵‬ﻓﺮﻣﻨﺖ ﺭﺍﻳﺪﺭ‪NEW YORK AND VICINITY, INCLUDING NEWARK,YONKERS،‬‬ ‫ﮎ ﻧﺸﺮ ‪ ،١٢ (١٩١٦ ،Henry Hold & Co‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﮎ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﺮ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪) ، AND JERSEY‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪ‪http://www.archive.org/stream/ridersnewyorkcit۰۰riderich/ridersne .‬‬ ‫‪wyorkcit۰۰riderich_djvu.txt‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind175 175‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:52‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٧٦‬‬

‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﭘﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎﻫﭙﻮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺎﺯ |ﻩ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻫ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻠﭽﺮﺍﻍﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻴﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺷﮑﻞ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﻫﺘﻞ ﭼﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻓﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺰ ﻣﺪ ّﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺘﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻔﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﮔﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻌﮑﺎﺱ ﻧﻮﺭ ﭼﺮﺍﻍﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻳﮑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻣﭗﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﺎﮐﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻗﻨﺴﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻣﻴﺰﻱ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﭘﺮﭼﻢﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫‪۳۶‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘّﺤﺪ |ﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ »ﺍﷲ ﺍﺑﻬﻲ« ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﻟﺴﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧ ّﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺭﻓﻊ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠَﻢ ﺩﻣﻮﮐﺮﺍﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬ ‫‪۳۷‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄ |ﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗﻲ ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺤﻨﻲ ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﮑﻮﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭻ‬ ‫ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ‪ ,‬ﺗﻌﺼﺐ ﻭ ﻧﻴّﺖ ﺑﺪﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ |ﻩ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗﻲ‬ ‫‪۳۸‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ۳۶‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۳۸۶‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۷‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪٤٤٧-٤٤٨ (١٩٨٢‬‬ ‫‪ ۳۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٤٤٨‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind176 176‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:52‬‬ ‫‪١٧٧‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ـ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﭼﺮﺧﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻬﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻄﺮ ﮔﻼﺏ ﻣﻌ ّﻄﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻄﺮ‬ ‫ﮔﻼﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ۳۹.‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻭﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺡ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﻫﭙﻮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺿﻴﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻭﺧﺎﻧﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺍﺋﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﴽ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻣﺠﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫»ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌ ً‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻠﻤ |ﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﭼﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻔﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺯﺍﺋﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ‬ ‫‪۴۰‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﻤﺎﺷﺘﻪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﺗﺮﻳﺒﻴﻮﻥ )‪ (Tribune‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ‪ «،‬ﺧﺒﺮ ﻋﺰﻳﻤﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﮐﺮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫»ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ,‬ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻱ‪ ,‬ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﻪﺍﻱ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ ﻋﺰﻳﻤﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫ﺷﺐ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺑﺰﺭﮎ ﻧﻮﺭﺗﺮﻥ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﺶ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫‪۴۱‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﻓﺎﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﻋﺰﻳﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﺍِﻣِﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻋﺎﺯﻡ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫‪ ۳۹‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬ ‫‪ ۴۰‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ ‪|،‬ﻪ ‪۳۸۸‬‬ ‫‪ ۴۱‬ﺍﻟﻦ ﻭﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ‪١٨٨ ,،Days 236‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind177 177‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:52‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٧٨‬‬

‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮐﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻏﻴﺐ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫»ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺁﺧﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻻ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﭘﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸ ‪،‬ﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺯﻕ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﺪ‪ ...‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪﷲ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ‪ّ ,‬‬ ‫ﭼﺸﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﺎﻥ ﺷﻨﻮﺍ ﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﻗﻠﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺷﺒﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻏﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ‪ ...‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺐ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬‫ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺗﺸﺒّﺚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﺬﺭﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺭﺿﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺻﻼﺡ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﺪ‪ ...‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻡ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺟﺴﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺁﺭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋ ّﺰﺕ ﺍﺑﺪﻱ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪۴۲‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺷ |ﻪ ﮐﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺯﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻳﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﻗﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻴﻊ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻮﻳﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﭘﺪﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭﺷﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺴﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬

‫‪ ۴۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪٤٦٨-٤ ٧٠،‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind178 178‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:52‬‬ ‫‪١٧٩‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ـ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬

‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨ |ﻪ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺳﻠﺘﻴﮏ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩ ﮐﻼﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻳﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨ |ﻪ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﺭﻧﮓ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻳﻌﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺗﮑﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻬﺪﻩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻻ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺎﻡﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪ ,‬ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺪﺍﻕ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺵ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺵ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻏﺎﻓﻼﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺵ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫»ﺍﻱ ﻣﻠﮏ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﮎ! ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺒﺮﻭﮎ ﻓﺮﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻓﺮﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻧﻤﺎ‪ ,‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﻦ‪,‬‬ ‫ﮐﻦ‪ ,‬ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﺒﺸﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻗ ّﻮﺗﻲ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻱ ﺭﺑّﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﻩ‪ ,‬ﺑﺴﺎﻃﻲ ﺭﺑّﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺍﺑﻬﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻍ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪«...‬‬

‫ﮎ ‪١٩١٢‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ﻣﺪﻳﻨ |ﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind179 179‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:52‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٨٠‬‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﮎ ﺭﻳﻮﺭﺳﺎﻳﺪ‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind180 180‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:53‬‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺘﻲ‬

‫‪۱‬ـ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ‪Promulgation of Universal Peace‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪.(١٩٨٢‬‬ ‫)ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺍﻳﺴﮑﻪ )‪(Judith Icke Anderson‬‬ ‫‪۲‬ـ ﺁﻧﺪﺭﺳ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪William Howard Taft, an intimate portrait‬‬ ‫ﮎ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﺷﺮ ‪.(WW Norton & Co، 1981‬‬ ‫)ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪۳‬ـ ﺭﻭﻧﺎﻟﺪ ﺍﺝ ﺑﺎﻳﺮ )‪ (، Ronald H. Bayor‬ﺗﻴﻤﻮﺗﻲ ﺟﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮ )‪(، Timothy J. Meagher‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺮﺍﺳﺘﺎ ‪،‬ﺭ ‪)The New York Irish‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﻤﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﺷﺮ‪ :‬ﻧﺸﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﭘﮑﻴﻨ ‪،‬ﺰ ‪.(١٩٩١‬‬ ‫‪۴‬ـ ﺩﻧﻴﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺎﻥ )‪(Denis Brian‬‬ ‫ﮎ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‪.(John Wiley and Sons ، 2001 :‬‬ ‫‪) :، A Life Pulizer ،‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪۵‬ـ ﮔﺮﺗﺮﻭﺩ ﺑﻮﻳﮑﻤﺎ )‪ (، Gertrud Buikema‬ﺁﻟﺒﺮﺕ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫)‪ (،Albert Windust‬ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ‪ ,،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭ ‪ :،‬ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺳﻮﻡ ) )‪،V-VII‬‬ ‫ﻲ ‪.(١٩١٢-١٩١٣‬‬ ‫)ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﺷﺮ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺧﺒﺮﻱ ﺑﻬﺎﺋ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪۶‬ـ ﺳﻬﻴﻞ ﺑﺸﺮﻭﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺟﻮ ﺟﻨﮑﻴﻨﺰ ‪Khalil Gibran: Man and Poet‬‬ ‫ﺍﮐﺴﻔﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﻧﺎﺷﺮ‪One World 1998 :‬‬ ‫‪۷‬ـ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﻞ ﮐﻼﺩ ﻓﻠﺘ ‪،‬ﺮ‬ ‫‪Warfare and Armed Conflicts - A Statistical Reference to Casualty‬‬ ‫‪ ، and Other Figure 1500-2000‬ﭼﺎﭖ ﺩ ّﻭ ‪،‬ﻡ )ﺟﻔﺮﺳﻮﻥ ‪،‬ﮐﺎﺭﻭﻟﻴﻨﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﺷﺮ‬ ‫‪(٢٠٠٢ ، McFarland & Co‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪(۱۹۸۲‬‬ ‫ﻱ ‪) God Passes By‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ۸‬ـ ﺷﻮﻗﻲ ﺍﻓﻨﺪ ‪،‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind181 181‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:53‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫‪١٨٢‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬‫ﻱ ‪) ،The Dispensation of Bahá’u’lláh‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪۹‬ـ ﺷﻮﻗﻲ ﺍﻓﻨﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪.(١٩٧٩‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪.(١٩٨٠‬‬ ‫ﻱ ‪) ،Citadle of Faith‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪۱۰‬ـ ﺷﻮﻗﻲ ﺍﻓﻨﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪۱۱‬ـ ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ِﮔﻴ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻞ‬ ‫‪Dawn Over Mount Hira and Other Essays‬‬ ‫)ﺁﮐﺴﻔﻮﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﺭﻭﻧﺎﻟﺪ ‪.(١٩٧٦‬‬ ‫‪۱۲‬ـ ﺳﻮﮎ ﻫﻮﻥ ﻫﺎﻡ )‪ ، (، Sok Hon Ham‬ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴ ‪،‬ﺎ ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ،٢٦‬ﭼﺎﭖ ‪١٥‬‬ ‫) ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ ‪ ,،‬ﻧﺎﺷﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﮑﺎ ‪.(١٩٨٥‬‬ ‫ـ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﮎ ﻫﻮﻥ ﻫﺎﻡ ‪Masslum/Quakersampaekny‬‬ ‫ـ ﺳﻮﮎ ﻫﻮﻥ ﻫﺎﻡ ‪Malssum/Quakersampaeknyon[The Messages and‬‬ ‫‪) Friends for threehundred years]: The Hitory of Quakers‬ﺳﺌﻮ ‪،‬ﻝ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﮑﻴﻨﺴﺎ ‪.(١٩٨٨‬‬ ‫ﺱ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻠﺒﻲ ‪Howard Colby Ives‬‬ ‫‪۱۳‬ـ ﺁﻳﻮﺍ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪) Portals to Freedom‬ﺁﮐﺴﻔﻮﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﺭﻭﻧﺎﻟﺪ ‪.(١٩٩٠‬‬ ‫‪۱۴‬ـ ﭘﺎﺋﺎﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻧﺮﻳﮑﻮ ﮐﻮﻟﻴﺘﺎ )‪، (Paolo Enrico Colita‬‬ ‫‪) ،Presidency of Howard William Taft‬ﮐﺎﻧﺰﺍﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺎﻧﺰﺍﺱ ‪.(١٩٧٣‬‬ ‫‪۱۵‬ـ ﺟﻮﻳﺲ ﻣﻨﺪﻟﺴﻦ)‪، (Joyce Mendesohn‬‬ ‫‪The Lower East Side. Remembered and Revisited: A History and‬‬ ‫ﮎ‬‫‪) ،Guide to a Legendary New York Neighborhood‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻠﻤﺒﻴ ‪،‬ﺎ ‪ ١١‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪.(٢٠٠٩‬‬ ‫‪۱۶‬ـ ﻭﻟﺪﺍ ﭘﻴﻒ ﻣﺘﺎﻟﻤﻦ )‪(، Velda Piff Metalmann‬‬ ‫‪) Lua Getsinger Herald of the Covenant‬ﺁﮐﺴﻔﻮﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻧﺎﻟﺪ ‪.(١٩٩٧‬‬ ‫‪۱۷‬ـ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻠّﻲ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍ‪ ,،‬ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳ ‪،‬ﺰ ﻟﺠﻨ |ﻪ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋ ‪،‬ﻲ ‪.(١٩٥٢‬‬ ‫‪ A Biennial International Record‬ﺟﻠﺪ ﺳﻮﻡ )ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪۱۸‬ـ ﮊﺍﻧﺖ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺷﻮﻥ )‪، (Janet Ruhe-Schoen‬‬ ‫‪) ،Who Will Bell the Cat? Abdu’l-Bahá at Lake Mohank‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪MacNutt, Howard‬‬ ‫‪۱۹‬ـ ﺭﺍﺑﺮﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ )‪(، Robert Stockman‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind182 182‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:53‬‬ ‫‪١٨٣‬‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺘﻲ‬ ‫‪۲۰‬ـ ﺭﺍﺑﺮﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ )‪(، Robert Stockman‬‬ ‫ﻲ ‪.(٢٠١٢‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳ ‪،‬ﺰ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪) ،Abdu’l- Bahá in America‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪۲۱‬ـ ﺭﺍﺑﺮﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ )‪(، Robert Stockman‬‬ ‫‪۱۹۱۲-۱۹۰۰ ,The Baha’í Faith in America: Early Expanson‬‬ ‫‪۲۲‬ـ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻟﺞ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﺗﻤﻮﺭ‬ ‫)‪(Swarthmore College Peace Collection:PA‬‬ ‫ـ ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﻓﻠﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ١‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒ ‪،‬ﺮ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﮏ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ‪ ,،‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫ـ ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﻓﻠﭙ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ‪ ۲۲ ,،‬ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪.١٩١١‬‬ ‫ـ ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻘﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﻓﻠﭙﺲ ‪ ١٣ ,،‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ‪.١٩١١‬‬ ‫ـ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻘﻠﻲ ﺧﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ‪ ٢٤ ,،The Conditions of Universal Peace‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ‪.١٩١١‬‬ ‫ـ ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﭼﺎﺭﻟﺰ ﻣﻴﺴﻦ ﺭﻳﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻟﺒﺮﺕ ﮐﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ‪ ۲۵ ,،‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ‪ .،١٩١١‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮎ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻟﻴﮏ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ‪ ١٩٣٧‬ـ ‪.١٨٩٥‬‬ ‫ـ ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﺩ ّﻭ ‪،‬ﻡ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠ ‪،‬ﻲ ‪ ،١٥‬ﺍﻟ ‪،‬ﻲ ‪ ١٧‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ‪.١٩١٢‬‬ ‫ـ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ـ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑ ‪،‬ﺎ ‪An Advanced Statement Concerning‬‬ ‫‪Abdul-Bahá’s Approaching Visit to the United States‬‬ ‫ﻲ ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ ‪١٥-١٧‬‬ ‫ﺲ ﻟﻴﮏ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠ ‪،‬‬ ‫ـ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻲ ‪.١٩١٢‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪۲۳‬ـ ﺁﻟﻦ ﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ )‪(Allen. L. Ward‬‬ ‫‪236Days: Abdu’l-Bahá’s Journey in America ،‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪.(١٩٧٩‬‬ ‫)ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪۲۴‬ـ ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻭ‪ .‬ﺯﻱ )‪(، O.Z. Whitehead‬‬ ‫‪) Some Early Baha’is of the West‬ﺁﮐﺴﻔﻮﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﺭﻭﻧﺎﻟﺪ ‪.(١٩٧٦‬‬ ‫‪۲۵‬ـ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﺯﺭﻗﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ,،‬ﺧﺎﻃﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤ |ﻪ ﻣﺤﻲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻟﻲ ﻣﺎﺭﺳﻴﺎﺱ‬ ‫)ﺁﮐﺴﻔﻮﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﺭﻭﻧﺎﻟﺪ ‪.(١٩٩٨‬‬ ‫‪۲۶‬ـ ﻓﺮﻣﻨﺖ ﺭﺍﻳﺪﺭ)‪، (Ferment Ryder‬‬ ‫‪) ،City New York and Vicinity‚ Newark‚Yorker‚ and Jersey‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ‪،‬‬

‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind183 183‬‬ ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:53‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ١٨٤ .(١٩١٦ .، Henry Holt & Co ‫ ﻧﺸﺮ‬، ‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ، ‫ـ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍ‬۲۷ J.H.Sears and ‫ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬:‫ﮎ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬، ‫ )ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ‬،Abdu’l-Bahá in Egypt .(١٩٢٩ .، Company Inc

‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺘﻲ‬

٢٠١١ ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﭙﺘﻤﺒﺮ‬,،٢٠٠٢ ‫ ﺟﻮﻥ‬،Diary of Juliet Thompson ، :‫ـ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‬۱ http://bahai-library.com/books/Thompson/2.html chapter 3 :‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬ :، ‫ـ ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﮔﻴﻞ‬۲ :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ‬,،At 48 West 10th St http://bahai-library.com/books/Thompson/2 http:// :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ‬۱۳ ,،Parish History ‫ﺖ‬ ، ‫ـ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ‬۳ ascensionnyc.org/history Corinthians ‫ﻲ‬ ، ‫ـ ﻧﺴﺨ |ﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠ‬۴ http://www.biblegateway.com/passage .1 ‫ـ‬۵ ‫ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ‬١٩ ,،٢٠١٠ ‫ ﺩﺳﻤﺒﺮ‬۱۹ ,،Fragrance From Greenwich Village ‫ﻮ‬، ‫ـ ﺟﻮﺋﻴﺪﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﻧ‬۶ http://bohemianlit.comfull_text/Bruno/fragments.htm :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ‬٢٣ .، Ephemeral New York،‫ـ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬۷ http://ephemeralnewyork.worpress.com/tag/Greenwich-village-in- ./the1910s ‫ﻲ‬ ، ‫ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧ‬.، Juliet Remembers Gibran as Told to Marzieh ‫ﻞ‬ ، ‫ـ ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﮔﻴ‬۸ :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ‬.،۲۹-۳۱(١٩٧٨ ‫ )ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬، ٤ ‫ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ‬،١٢ ‫ﺟﻠﺪ‬ http://bahai-library.com/histories/Juliet.gibran.html ١٩٩٧ ‫ ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ‬٩ ،Kate Carew ,The only woman caricatorist ‫ﺖ‬ ، ‫ـ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺎﺭﺍ ﺍﺷﻤﻴ‬۹ http://www.twainquotes.com/interviews/:‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ‬٣ confessions.htm

Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind184 184 17.05.2014 16:08:53 ١٨٥ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺘﻲ‬ http://www. :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ‬١٥ ،Tenements ‫ﺖ‬ ، ‫ـ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ‬۱۰ history.com/topics/tenements (، Maggie Blanck ‫ـ ﻣﮕﻲ ﺑﻠﻨﮏ‬۱۱ :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ‬٢ ,،٢٠١٠ ‫ ﻣﻲ‬٢٠ ،New York City: Tenement Life http://maggieblanck.com/NewYork/life.html :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ‬۷ ،Our History in Brief ‫ﺖ‬ ، ‫ـ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ‬۱۲ www.bowery.org/about-us/history/۱۸۹۰ WW I Causalities and Death Tables، ‫ـ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬۱۳ :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ‬٣٠ http://www.pbs.org/greatwar/resources/casedeath_pop.html ٢٠١١ ‫ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ‬١٠ ,،٢٠٠٩ ‫ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ‬٢٢ ،Weapons of War_ Poison Gas ‫ﻲ‬ ، ‫ـ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﻞ ﺩﺍﻓ‬۱۴ http://www.firstworldwar.com/weaponry/Gas.htm :‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬ :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ‬١٠ ,،٢٠٠٩ ‫ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ‬٢٢ ،Life in the Trenches ‫ﻲ‬ ، ‫ـ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﻞ ﺩﺍﻓ‬۱۵ http://www.firstworldwar.com/features/trenchlife.htm :‫ـ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺴﻮﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﺑﻮﺭﮐﻪ‬۱۶ :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ‬١١ ,، ‫ ﻣﺎﺭﭺ‬١٠ ، ,Shell Shock during World War One )، http://bbc.co.uk/history/worldwars/wwone/shellshock_01.shtml ‫ ﺩﺭ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ‬٢٠ ,،٢٠٠٦ ، Wilfred Owen ,The Sentry،‫ـ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬۱۷ http://www.englishverses.com/poems/thesentry :‫ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬ :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ‬٢٠ ,۱۹۰۹ ،Wilfred Owen ‫ﻦ‬ ، ‫ـ ﮐﺘﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﮐﺴ‬۲۱ http://wwwwarpoetry.co.uk/owena.htm :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ‬١٣ ,،New York Peace Records ‫ﺖ‬ ، ‫ـ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ‬۲۲ i&۹=http://www.gale.cengage.com/servlet/ItemDetailServlet?region cid=D۳۵۷۵&۴=type&titleCode=SR۶۳۲&۰۰۰=mprint :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ‬٧ ,، What Do Quakers Believe ‫ﻩ‬، ‫ـ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪ‬۲۳ http://www.quakerinfo.org/quakerism/beliefs ٢٠١١ ‫ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ‬۲۸ ،International Peace Society Records ‫ـ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ‬۲۴ :‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬

Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind185 185 17.05.2014 16:08:53 ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ١٨٦ http://www.swarthmore.edu/library/peace/CDGB/intpeacesociety. htm ‫ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻢ‬Humanity’s Juncture ‫ـ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺮﻳﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬۲۵ Making ‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬، Douglas Mattern)،The Humanist) ‫ﺩﺍﮔﻼﺱ ﻣﺎﺗﺮﻥ‬ http:// :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬١٠ ، ,٢٠٠١ ، ‫ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﻱ ﻫﻴﻨﺪﺱ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺭﮔﺮﺕ ﮊﺍﻟﻲ‬،Peace imaginarymuseum.org/MHV/PZImhv/HindessThinkingPeace.html ٢٠١١ ‫ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬۱۱ ,،٢٠٠٨ ‫ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ‬١٥ . ،Dodge ,Arthur Pillsburry ‫ﻥ‬، ‫ـ ﺭﺍﺑﺮﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎ‬۲۶ http://www.bahai-encyclopedia-project.org :‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬ :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬١٨ ،Biography of Louis Potter ‫ﻩ‬، ‫ـ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﺸﺪ‬۲۷ http://www.askart.com/AskART/artists/biography.aspx?searchtype= BIO&artist=26516 :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬١٥ ، One American Art Medal Series،‫ـ ﺳﺎﻣﻮﺋﻞ ﭘﻨﻴﻨﮕﺘﻦ‬۲۸ http://www.maineantiquedigest.com/medal/medalscolumn2.htm ١٩١٢ ‫ ﺳﭙﺘﻤﺒﺮ‬١ ، ‫ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺰ‬،Peach Poison Killed Potter ‫ﺖ‬ ، ‫ـ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ‬۲۹ http://query.nytimes.com/mem/archive-ree/pdf?res=F70B1 :‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬ EF83D5417738DDDA80894D1405B828DF1D3 :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬٢٠ ، Dr.Florian Krug،‫ـ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻠّﻲ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬۳۰ http://www.centenary.bahai.us/photo/dr-florian-krug-d-1924 ‫ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﻧﻈﻢ‬،Accounts of the Passing of Abdu’l Bahá ‫ﮒ‬ ، ‫ـ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﮐﺮﻭ‬۳۱ Dr. Florian Krug ‫ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺩﺭ‬،٣٨-٤١ ‫ﮒ‬ ، ‫ ﻧﻮﺷﺘ |ﻪ ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﮐﺮﻭ‬،۲ ‫ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ‬،۷ ‫ﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬ ، ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧ‬ :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬،١٩١٢ ‫ ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬٢ ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬d.19124 http://www.centenary.bahai.us/photo/dr-florian-krug-d—1924 :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬٣،Andrew Carnegie ‫ﺖ‬ ، ‫ـ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ‬۳۲ http://www.vredespaleis.nl http://www. :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬۴ ،Andrew Carnegie ‫ﺖ‬ ، ‫ـ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ‬۳۳ pbs.org/wgbh/amex/caregie/peopleevents/pande01.html :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬٤ ،Andrew Carnegie’s Legacy ‫ﺖ‬ ، ‫ـ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ‬۳۴ http://Carnegie.org/about-us/foundation-history/about-andrew-

Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind186 186 17.05.2014 16:08:53 ١٨٧ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺘﻲ‬ /carnegie/Carnegie-for-kids/Andrew-carnegie-legacy ‫ﺰ‬، ‫ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺗﺎﻳﻤ‬، Carnegie Exalted by Bahaist Leader،‫ـ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬۳۵ .١٩١٥ ‫ ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬٥ http://query.nytimes.com/mem/archive-free/pdf?res=9E06E5DC17 31E733A05756C0A96F946496D6CF ،Biographical Article on H.P. Blavatsky، ‫ـ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻮﺭﻳﺲ ﺯﺭﮐﻒ‬۳۶ (LA/CA) ‫ ﺗﺌﻮﺳﻔﻴﻬﺎ‬،۳ -۸ ،۱۹۶۸ ‫ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬ http://www.blavatskyarchives.com/longseal.htm

Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind187 187 17.05.2014 16:08:53 Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind188 188 17.05.2014 16:08:53 ‫ﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬ ّ ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻭ‬

Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind189 189 17.05.2014 16:08:53 ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ١٩٠

Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind190 190 17.05.2014 16:08:53 ١٩١ ‫ﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬ ّ ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻭ‬

Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind191 191 17.05.2014 16:08:53 ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬ ١٩٢

Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind192 192 17.05.2014 16:08:53 Hussein Ahdieh & Hillary Chapman Ḥaḍrat-i-‘Abdu’l-Bahá dar New York ‘Abdu’l-Bahá in New York Farsi translation by Maryam Rouhani Saysan First edition Bahá’í Verlag© Hofheim-Germany 171 B.E - 2014 A.D. ISBN: ........................... Order-no: ..................

Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind193 193 17.05.2014 16:08:53 Hussein Ahdieh & Hillary Chapman

Ḥaḍrat-i-‘Abdu’l-Bahá dar New York

‘Abdu’l-Bahá in New York

Bahá’í Verlag

Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind194 194 17.05.2014 16:08:54